Family Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

FAMILY THERAPY A M EDICAL D ICTIONARY , B IBLIOGRAPHY , AND A NNOTATED R ESEARCH G UIDE TO I NTERNET R E FERENCES J AME...

Author: ICON Health Publications

20 downloads 628 Views 1MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

FAMILY THERAPY A M EDICAL D ICTIONARY , B IBLIOGRAPHY , AND A NNOTATED R ESEARCH G UIDE TO I NTERNET R E FERENCES

J AMES N. P ARKER , M.D. AND P HILIP M. P ARKER , P H .D., E DITORS

ii

ICON Health Publications ICON Group International, Inc. 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, 4th Floor San Diego, CA 92122 USA Copyright 2004 by ICON Group International, Inc. Copyright 2004 by ICON Group International, Inc. All rights reserved. This book is protected by copyright. No part of it may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the publisher. Printed in the United States of America. Last digit indicates print number: 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1

Publisher, Health Care: Philip Parker, Ph.D. Editor(s): James Parker, M.D., Philip Parker, Ph.D. Publisher's note: The ideas, procedures, and suggestions contained in this book are not intended for the diagnosis or treatment of a health problem. As new medical or scientific information becomes available from academic and clinical research, recommended treatments and drug therapies may undergo changes. The authors, editors, and publisher have attempted to make the information in this book up to date and accurate in accord with accepted standards at the time of publication. The authors, editors, and publisher are not responsible for errors or omissions or for consequences from application of the book, and make no warranty, expressed or implied, in regard to the contents of this book. Any practice described in this book should be applied by the reader in accordance with professional standards of care used in regard to the unique circumstances that may apply in each situation. The reader is advised to always check product information (package inserts) for changes and new information regarding dosage and contraindications before prescribing any drug or pharmacological product. Caution is especially urged when using new or infrequently ordered drugs, herbal remedies, vitamins and supplements, alternative therapies, complementary therapies and medicines, and integrative medical treatments. Cataloging-in-Publication Data Parker, James N., 1961Parker, Philip M., 1960Family Therapy: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References / James N. Parker and Philip M. Parker, editors p. cm. Includes bibliographical references, glossary, and index. ISBN: 0-497-00461-5 1. Family Therapy-Popular works. I. Title.

iii

Disclaimer This publication is not intended to be used for the diagnosis or treatment of a health problem. It is sold with the understanding that the publisher, editors, and authors are not engaging in the rendering of medical, psychological, financial, legal, or other professional services. References to any entity, product, service, or source of information that may be contained in this publication should not be considered an endorsement, either direct or implied, by the publisher, editors, or authors. ICON Group International, Inc., the editors, and the authors are not responsible for the content of any Web pages or publications referenced in this publication.

Copyright Notice If a physician wishes to copy limited passages from this book for patient use, this right is automatically granted without written permission from ICON Group International, Inc. (ICON Group). However, all of ICON Group publications have copyrights. With exception to the above, copying our publications in whole or in part, for whatever reason, is a violation of copyright laws and can lead to penalties and fines. Should you want to copy tables, graphs, or other materials, please contact us to request permission (E-mail: [email protected]). ICON Group often grants permission for very limited reproduction of our publications for internal use, press releases, and academic research. Such reproduction requires confirmed permission from ICON Group International, Inc. The disclaimer above must accompany all reproductions, in whole or in part, of this book.

iv

Acknowledgements The collective knowledge generated from academic and applied research summarized in various references has been critical in the creation of this book which is best viewed as a comprehensive compilation and collection of information prepared by various official agencies which produce publications on family therapy. Books in this series draw from various agencies and institutions associated with the United States Department of Health and Human Services, and in particular, the Office of the Secretary of Health and Human Services (OS), the Administration for Children and Families (ACF), the Administration on Aging (AOA), the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the Healthcare Financing Administration (HCFA), the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), the Indian Health Service (IHS), the institutions of the National Institutes of Health (NIH), the Program Support Center (PSC), and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). In addition to these sources, information gathered from the National Library of Medicine, the United States Patent Office, the European Union, and their related organizations has been invaluable in the creation of this book. Some of the work represented was financially supported by the Research and Development Committee at INSEAD. This support is gratefully acknowledged. Finally, special thanks are owed to Tiffany Freeman for her excellent editorial support.

v

About the Editors James N. Parker, M.D. Dr. James N. Parker received his Bachelor of Science degree in Psychobiology from the University of California, Riverside and his M.D. from the University of California, San Diego. In addition to authoring numerous research publications, he has lectured at various academic institutions. Dr. Parker is the medical editor for health books by ICON Health Publications. Philip M. Parker, Ph.D. Philip M. Parker is the Eli Lilly Chair Professor of Innovation, Business and Society at INSEAD (Fontainebleau, France and Singapore). Dr. Parker has also been Professor at the University of California, San Diego and has taught courses at Harvard University, the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Stanford University, and UCLA. Dr. Parker is the associate editor for ICON Health Publications.

vi

About ICON Health Publications To discover more about ICON Health Publications, simply check with your preferred online booksellers, including Barnes&Noble.com and Amazon.com which currently carry all of our titles. Or, feel free to contact us directly for bulk purchases or institutional discounts: ICON Group International, Inc. 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Fourth Floor San Diego, CA 92122 USA Fax: 858-546-4341 Web site: www.icongrouponline.com/health

vii

Table of Contents FORWARD .......................................................................................................................................... 1 CHAPTER 1. STUDIES ON FAMILY THERAPY ..................................................................................... 3 Overview........................................................................................................................................ 3 The Combined Health Information Database................................................................................. 3 Federally Funded Research on Family Therapy ............................................................................. 4 The National Library of Medicine: PubMed ................................................................................ 58 CHAPTER 2. ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE AND FAMILY THERAPY ..................................................... 99 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 99 National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine.................................................. 99 Additional Web Resources ......................................................................................................... 105 General References ..................................................................................................................... 106 CHAPTER 3. DISSERTATIONS ON FAMILY THERAPY ..................................................................... 107 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 107 Dissertations on Family Therapy............................................................................................... 107 Keeping Current ........................................................................................................................ 114 CHAPTER 4. BOOKS ON FAMILY THERAPY.................................................................................... 115 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 115 Book Summaries: Federal Agencies............................................................................................ 115 Book Summaries: Online Booksellers......................................................................................... 116 Chapters on Family Therapy...................................................................................................... 118 Directories.................................................................................................................................. 119 CHAPTER 5. PERIODICALS AND NEWS ON FAMILY THERAPY ...................................................... 121 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 121 News Services and Press Releases.............................................................................................. 121 Academic Periodicals covering Family Therapy ........................................................................ 122 APPENDIX A. PHYSICIAN RESOURCES .......................................................................................... 127 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 127 NIH Guidelines.......................................................................................................................... 127 NIH Databases........................................................................................................................... 129 Other Commercial Databases..................................................................................................... 131 APPENDIX B. PATIENT RESOURCES ............................................................................................... 133 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 133 Patient Guideline Sources.......................................................................................................... 133 Finding Associations.................................................................................................................. 136 APPENDIX C. FINDING MEDICAL LIBRARIES ................................................................................ 139 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 139 Preparation................................................................................................................................. 139 Finding a Local Medical Library................................................................................................ 139 Medical Libraries in the U.S. and Canada ................................................................................. 139 ONLINE GLOSSARIES................................................................................................................ 145 Online Dictionary Directories ................................................................................................... 145 FAMILY THERAPY DICTIONARY ........................................................................................... 147 INDEX .............................................................................................................................................. 171

1

FORWARD In March 2001, the National Institutes of Health issued the following warning: "The number of Web sites offering health-related resources grows every day. Many sites provide valuable information, while others may have information that is unreliable or misleading."1 Furthermore, because of the rapid increase in Internet-based information, many hours can be wasted searching, selecting, and printing. Since only the smallest fraction of information dealing with family therapy is indexed in search engines, such as www.google.com or others, a non-systematic approach to Internet research can be not only time consuming, but also incomplete. This book was created for medical professionals, students, and members of the general public who want to know as much as possible about family therapy, using the most advanced research tools available and spending the least amount of time doing so. In addition to offering a structured and comprehensive bibliography, the pages that follow will tell you where and how to find reliable information covering virtually all topics related to family therapy, from the essentials to the most advanced areas of research. Public, academic, government, and peer-reviewed research studies are emphasized. Various abstracts are reproduced to give you some of the latest official information available to date on family therapy. Abundant guidance is given on how to obtain free-of-charge primary research results via the Internet. While this book focuses on the field of medicine, when some sources provide access to non-medical information relating to family therapy, these are noted in the text. E-book and electronic versions of this book are fully interactive with each of the Internet sites mentioned (clicking on a hyperlink automatically opens your browser to the site indicated). If you are using the hard copy version of this book, you can access a cited Web site by typing the provided Web address directly into your Internet browser. You may find it useful to refer to synonyms or related terms when accessing these Internet databases. NOTE: At the time of publication, the Web addresses were functional. However, some links may fail due to URL address changes, which is a common occurrence on the Internet. For readers unfamiliar with the Internet, detailed instructions are offered on how to access electronic resources. For readers unfamiliar with medical terminology, a comprehensive glossary is provided. For readers without access to Internet resources, a directory of medical libraries, that have or can locate references cited here, is given. We hope these resources will prove useful to the widest possible audience seeking information on family therapy. The Editors

1

From the NIH, National Cancer Institute (NCI): http://www.cancer.gov/cancerinfo/ten-things-to-know.

3

CHAPTER 1. STUDIES ON FAMILY THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we will show you how to locate peer-reviewed references and studies on family therapy.

The Combined Health Information Database The Combined Health Information Database summarizes studies across numerous federal agencies. To limit your investigation to research studies and family therapy, you will need to use the advanced search options. First, go to http://chid.nih.gov/index.html. From there, select the “Detailed Search” option (or go directly to that page with the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html). The trick in extracting studies is found in the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language you prefer, and the format option “Journal Article.” At the top of the search form, select the number of records you would like to see (we recommend 100) and check the box to display “whole records.” We recommend that you type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. Consider using the option “anywhere in record” to make your search as broad as possible. If you want to limit the search to only a particular field, such as the title of the journal, then select this option in the “Search in these fields” drop box. The following is what you can expect from this type of search: •

Ethical Issues in Family Care of Older Persons With Dementia: Implications for Family Therapists Source: Home Health Care Services Quarterly. 20(3): 1-26. 2001. Summary: This article discusses ethical dilemmas for families caring for elderly loved ones and the implications for family therapists. There is a special focus on families caring for aged parents with dementia. First, the article reviews the role of family in caring for frail and dependent elderly and the application of ethical decision making in the practice of family therapy. Then, it outlines six ethical dilemmas that are common to caregiving experiences. It also explains how the ethical principles of autonomy, beneficence, truth-telling, justice, and fidelity can be used to address these dilemmas. Next, it offers guidelines for solving some of the ethical dilemmas commonly encountered by dementia caregivers, including; humane care, patient autonomy and

4

Family Therapy

decision making capacity, advance planning, medical decision making, health care financing, and research participation. Finally, the article discusses the role of the family therapist in helping families explore ethical issues and values. 63 references. •

Professional Allocations of Counseling Service to Persons With Alzheimer's Disease: An Exploration Source: Social Work in Health Care. 19(2): 99-114. 1993. Summary: This article examines individual, family, and group counseling service recommendations made by California's diagnostic and treatment center staff to a clinical sample of 822 clients with Alzheimer's disease. Predictors included the patients' enabling, need, and predisposing characteristics. A preliminary bivariate analysis examined all possible relationships between client and family characteristics and dependent counseling service indicators. Analysis shows that staff tend to consider fewer patient characteristics and rely more on assessed family problems and payment source when deciding whether counseling should be recommended to their patients. Individual counseling recommendations were largely driven by the client's emotional state, with depressed clients more apt to be directed toward this service. However, recommendations were more frequently driven by the client's financial situation since SSI recipients, private pay patients, and clients with Medicare Part A coverage were more likely to receive individual counseling assistance. Evidence supports the hypothesis of family stress being a predictor of counseling recommendations since dysfunctional families were more apt to be directed toward family therapy. Cognitive impairment adds to the difficulty of determining the appropriate treatment modality, and the type of client and family that might benefit from the range of available counseling services. 3 tables, 43 references.

•

Family Counseling and Legal Issues in Alzheimer's Disease Source: Psychiatric Clinics of North America. 14(2): 385-396. June 1991. Summary: This article reviews ways of measuring caregiver burden and certain negative effects of caregiving, including changes in physical well-being, mental health, social and leisure activity, and finances. Counseling strategies are discussed; interventions should be addressed with regard to the caregiver's personal coping style and the disease stage of the patient. Community services referral, individual and family therapy, Alzheimer's disease support groups, and caregiving styles in minority populations are also discussed. Legal issues in Alzheimer's disease are reviewed, including competency, living wills, and informed consent, including consent to participate in drug trials and other research. 39 references.

Federally Funded Research on Family Therapy The U.S. Government supports a variety of research studies relating to family therapy. These studies are tracked by the Office of Extramural Research at the National Institutes of Health.2 CRISP (Computerized Retrieval of Information on Scientific Projects) is a searchable

2

Healthcare projects are funded by the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services (SAMHSA), Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDCP), Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), and Office of Assistant Secretary of Health (OASH).

Studies

5

database of federally funded biomedical research projects conducted at universities, hospitals, and other institutions. Search the CRISP Web site at http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/crisp_query.generate_screen. You will have the option to perform targeted searches by various criteria, including geography, date, and topics related to family therapy. For most of the studies, the agencies reporting into CRISP provide summaries or abstracts. As opposed to clinical trial research using patients, many federally funded studies use animals or simulated models to explore family therapy. The following is typical of the type of information found when searching the CRISP database for family therapy: •

Project Title: "ENGAGING MOMS." AN INTERVENTION FOR FAMILY DRUG COURT Principal Investigator & Institution: Dakof, Gayle A.; Epidemiology and Public Health; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-2003; Project End 31-MAY-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): During the last 15 years, there has been a dramatic increase in the incidence of both child abuse/neglect and drug abuse among women of childbearing age (Kandel, Warner, & Kessler, 1998; Reid, et al, 1999). Thus, the problem of child maltreatment and maternal substance abuse is a public health problem of the utmost significance (Magura & Laudet, 1996). Judicial and child welfare systems throughout the nation have turned to family drug courts as a possible solution to this problem. However, few scientifically rigorous investigations of drug courts have been done, and many questions remain regarding their effectiveness, essential features, and influence on drug and nondrug outcomes. In response to the growing need for effective family drug court interventions and empirical investigation of their outcomes, we propose a treatment development project exploring the use of a promising family-based intervention, the Engaging Moms Program, within the family drug court context. This application proposes a 4-year Stage 1a/1b Behavioral Therapies Development project with the overarching goal of further developing and pilot testing an innovative family drug court intervention designed to help drug abusing others succeed in family drug court. Initial studies of the Engaging Moms Program suggest that it holds sufficient promise to warrant further development and systematic testing (Dakof et al, in press; Dakof, Cohen & Quille, in preparation). This application has 4 primary aims: (1) develop a manualized, court-based family intervention, the Engaging Moms Program (EMP), as an alternative to standard family drug court case management services, (2) develop training manuals and materials, (3) develop adherence/competence measures, and (4) experimentally compare, in a randomized pilot study (N=60), acceptability and efficacy of the Engaging Moms Program (EMP) versus standard family drug court case management services (CMS). The pilot test of EMP will be carried out in the real-world setting of family drug court, using existing drug court staff to deliver the court-based interventions. Drug use outcomes and changes in psychosocial functioning (comorbidity, parenting skills, family environment) will be assessed at 5 assessment points, beginning with intake, that coincide with the phases of drug court (3, 6, 9, and 12 months post-intake). Drug court outcomes of graduation status and reunification status will also be assessed. If funded, this project would be one of the first scientific investigations of family drug court. It has the potential to make a major contribution to the enhancement of family drug court programs, and can provide the foundation for a full-scale Stage II clinical trial in this understudied area focusing on an underserved population.

6

Family Therapy

Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: ADHERENCE AND COMPETENCE IN ADOLESCENT DRUG USE THERAPY Principal Investigator & Institution: Hogue, Aaron T.; Senior Research Associate; National Ctr on Addiction & Subst Abuse Substance Abuse New York, Ny 10017 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2001; Project End 31-AUG-2004 Summary: (provided by applicant) The ultimate objective of the proposed study is to increase the effectiveness of two manualized treatments for adolescent drug abuse by investigating the relation of treatment adherence and therapist competence to treatment outcomes. The study will examine existing data from a randomized clinical trial comparing multidimensional family therapy (MDFT) and individual cognitivebehavioral therapy (CBT), which represent two widely practiced, empirically supported treatment approaches for adolescent substance use. Treatment adherence and therapist competence have been identified as critical elements of manualized treatment implementation and as key predictors of therapeutic gains in both adolescent and adult populations. Studies that illuminate the associations among adherence, competence, and outcome are vital for developing more effective, targeted, and transportable therapy models for dissemination in diverse clinical settings. Subjects will include 143 inner-city, primarily African American, juvenile-justice involved adolescents and their caregivers. Adolescents and caregivers completed pre- and post-treatment measures of drug use and drug involvement, externalizing and internalizing symptoms, prosocial behavior, and family functioning. Archived videotapes of therapy sessions will be reviewed to assess treatment fidelity, therapist skill, and therapeutic alliance. Study hypotheses will test both the direct and indirect effects of adherence and competence on adolescent drug use and comorbid symptomatology. Structural equation modeling will examine whether: (1) for MDFT, greater adherence and competence produce better outcomes by means of improving parenting skills and family relationships; (2) for CBT, greater adherence and competence produce better outcomes by means of increasing adolescent self-efficacy and prosocial involvement; (3) for both treatments, the effects of treatment adherence are moderated by therapist competence and therapeutic alliance. This study will be among the first to explore the relation between treatment adherence and outcome, and the very first to study therapist competence, with an adolescent drugusing sample. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: ALCOHOL TREATMENT TARGETING ADOLESCENTS IN NEED Principal Investigator & Institution: Wagner, Eric F.; Director; None; Florida International University Division of Sponsored Research and Training Miami, Fl 33199 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-SEP-1999; Project End 31-AUG-2004 Summary: ATTAIN is a five-year research project designed to determine the efficacy of brief intervention for juvenile offenders with alcohol and other drug problems. Juvenile offenders demonstrate much higher rates of substance use problems than non-offenders. Juvenile offenders with substance use problems show higher rates of offending, more violent offenses, and more chronic substance use problems than juvenile offenders without substance use problems. Currently, little is known about the effectiveness of substance abuse treatment for juvenile offenders, however behavioral, family, and motivational interventions show the greatest promise in the few studies performed to date. The proposed study is a randomized clinical trial comparing the efficacy of

Studies

7

Individual Guided Self-Change Treatment (GSC-I) with Family-Involved Guided SelfChange Treatment (GSC-F) for Hispanic/Latino and African-American juvenile offenders with alcohol problems. Participants (n = 704) will be randomly assigned to four treatment conditions: GSC-I, GSC-F, Choice, and Waiting List (WL). Choice participants will receive the treatment of their choice (i.e., GSC-I or GSC-F); WL participants will receive the treatment of their choice after an 8-week waiting period. Participants will be evaluated at pre-treatment, posttreatment, and one-month and sixmonth follow-ups. Primary hypotheses include: 1. adolescents assigned to active GSC treatment will demonstrate significantly greater reductions in alcohol and other drug involvement than adolescents assigned to WL; 2. adolescents assigned to GSC-F will have better outcomes than those assigned to GSC-I; 3. among Hispanic participants, acculturation factors will moderate treatment effectiveness; 4. among African-American participants, perceived discrimination and cultural mistrust will moderate treatment effectiveness. A secondary aim is to examine variables, representing significant subgroups of adolescents, that may predict differential treatment response (e.g., delinquency type, history of abuse, family cohesion and support). The ultimate aim of the proposed study is to develop more effective interventions for adolescents, and particularly minority juvenile offenders, with alcohol problems. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: ASSESSING CLINICAL SKILLS IN FUNCTIONAL FAMILY THERAPY Principal Investigator & Institution: Ozechowski, Timothy J.; Oregon Research Institute Eugene, or 97403 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 10-AUG-2003; Project End 31-JUL-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): Functional family therapy (FFT) is one of an emerging generation of empirically supported treatments for child and adolescent behavioral problems. As such, sophisticated efforts are underway to disseminate and study the effectiveness of FFT in community-based clinical settings. Preliminary findings from a large-scale FFT dissemination trial indicate that only about half of the community therapists trained to implement FFT were able to demonstrate a basic level of competence in the model, and that competence in FFT was clearly related to clinical effectiveness. Given the number of FFT dissemination projects which are either underway or planned for the near future, the time is ripe for clinical-process studies to more closely examine the manual-prescribed therapist behaviors necessary to implement FFT competently and effectively. Toward this objective, the purpose of the proposed a project is to develop an observational-process research instrument for rating the extensiveness with which manualized clinical interventions are implemented across phases and stages of FFT. The project will include four components. First, a preliminary FFT extensiveness rating instrument will be developed based on an exhaustive review of the FFT manual and supporting materials, including existing instruments for rating therapist adherence in FFT. Second, a panel of experts in FFT will convene for a two-day meeting to review the preliminary instrument and provide feedback on its accuracy, completeness, and face validity. Third, the FFT extensiveness rating instrument will be revised and finalized based on feedback and decisions made by the expert panel. Finally, a small-scale implementation of the newly developed FFT extensiveness rating instrument will assess its feasibility, and explore its reliability and validity. The instrument will be designed to pinpoint the manual-prescribed therapist skills and behaviors associated with effective implementation of FFT. The detailed clinical information provided by the instrument will help generate guidelines for training

8

Family Therapy

therapists, thereby facilitating the dissemination and effectiveness of FFT in community settings. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: BECOMING PARENTS PROGRAM Principal Investigator & Institution: Jordan, Pamela L.; Family and Child Nursing; University of Washington Grant & Contract Services Seattle, Wa 98105 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-FEB-2002; Project End 31-JAN-2007 Summary: The transition to parenthood is extremely difficult for both mothers and fathers, yet education and support during this most significant life transition emphasize getting through labor and birth, rather than preparing couples for the major life changes accompanying parenthood. Half of new parent couples experience moderate to severe declines in marital satisfaction with one-third to one-half of couples experiencing as much distress as couples already in therapy for marital difficulties. One-third or more of both mothers and fathers experience significant depression as they become parents, which negatively impacts their own well being, creates conflict in their couple relationship, and leads to less effective parenting. The transition to parenthood is a major life change involving stress, enactment of new roles, renegotiation of existing relationships, and significant alteration in customary life patterns. Such critical developmental transitions call for preventive intervention to minimize distress and promote optimal adaptation. The specific aims of this study are to (1) Test the effectiveness of the Becoming Parents Program (a theoretically and empirically based investigator developed intervention for married couples becoming parents for the first time which teaches essential knowledge and skills for taking care of the couple relationship, taking care of self, relating to the baby, and dealing with the many ways becoming parents impacts life ) on individual (symptoms of depression and stress; perceived health; risk behaviors; health practices; health resource utilization) and couple (marital satisfaction and stability) well-being and the parent- infant relationship over the first two years of parenthood with measurement during pregnancy and at six months, one year, and two years postbirth, (2) To evaluate the cost of the Becoming Parents Program, (3) To describe changes in individual and couple well- being over time, viewing the transition to parenthood from a developmental perspective using data from the control group, and (4) To examine the relationships among study variables. Approximately 500 married couples expecting the birth of a first child will be recruited into the study and randomly assigned to the intervention and control groups. Generalized estimating equations controlling for baseline values during pregnancy will be the primary means of testing study hypotheses. The Becoming Parents Program is a unique, innovative, couple-focused intervention which in preliminary studies shows promise as a transition to parenthood intervention to enhance couple functioning and well-being, individual well-being, and parent- infant interaction over the early years of parenthood. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: BEHAVIOR THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD OCD Principal Investigator & Institution: Piacentini, John C.; Associate Professor; None; University of California Los Angeles 10920 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1200 Los Angeles, Ca 90024 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-DEC-1998; Project End 30-NOV-2003

Studies

9

Summary: This is a resubmission of an application to support the controlled evaluation of a standardized multicomponent cognitive behavioral treatment program for child and adolescent Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD). The treatment program consists of individual exposure plus response prevention (ERP) for the OCD child plus a concurrent family intervention designed to reduce OCD-related family conflict, facilitate family disengagement from the affected child's OCD behavior, and rebuild normal family interaction patterns. A total of eighty (80) medication- free youngsters and their families will be randomly assigned to receive either the combined ERP/Family Treatment Program (n=56) or a comparison treatment, Relaxation Training (RT) (n=24). Both treatments will be delivered over 12 90 minute outpatient sessions according to detailed treatment manuals. RT was selected as the comparison treatment because of its credibility as an anxiety treatment and familiarity to potential subjects. RT has been used as a comparison condition for at least two randomized controlled ERP trials for adult OCD and shown to be ineffective in treating this disorder. OCD is a chronic, often disabling disorder in childhood. Preliminary studies suggest that ERP is an effective treatment for children with OCD although no controlled trials to this effect have been published. OCD in childhood has been associated with increased rates of parental psychopathology and significant disruptions in family relationships and functioning. Moreover, family contextual variables have been associated with both a worse treatment response and a poorer long-term outcome. Although it has long been hypothesized that family participation in treatment may be helpful, this is the first controlled study incorporating a systematic manualized family treatment component. Youngsters and families will undergo comprehensive, systematic, including behavioral, assessments by blind clinical evaluators at baseline, monthly during treatment, posttreatment, and two follow-up evaluations over six months. Treatment outcome will be examined in multimodal fashion and across multiple functional domains with a special emphasis on family contextual variables. The impact of baseline functioning, including family context, and initial change over time on treatment outcome will also be systematically evaluated. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: BEHAVIOR ADOLESCENTS

THERAPY

FOR

FAMILIES

OF

DIABETIC

Principal Investigator & Institution: Wysocki, Tim T.; Chief; Nemours Children's Clinic 807 Children's Way Jacksonville, Fl 322078482 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-1992; Project End 31-JUL-2004 Summary: Description (adapted from the investigator's abstract): Adolescents with Type 1 diabetes mellitus often struggle to maintain adequate treatment adherence and diabetic control, leading to preventable hospitalizations and emergency room visits. Numerous cross-sectional and prospective studies show that family communication and conflict resolution skills are important influences on adolescents' diabetic control, treatment adherence and psychological adjustment. Empirical validation of psychological interventions targeting these processes could reduce excess health care costs and risks of diabetic complications. In the parent grant, Behavioral Family Systems Therapy (BFST; Robin & Foster, 1989) yielded improvements in family communication skills and parent-adolescent relationships, but it had weaker and less durable effects on treatment adherence and diabetic control. This competing continuation application relies on extensive preliminary data and clinical experience with BFST and on the results of others' investigations, to formulate refinements to BFST designed to maximize its impact on diabetes treatment adherence and metabolic control. These include required

10

Family Therapy

targeting of behavioral barriers to adherence and diabetic control for every family, lengthening treatment from 3 to 6 months, and incorporating several treatment components shown to be effective in other studies. A randomized, controlled trial of this refined BFST intervention will be compared to standard medical therapy or participation in a diabetes educational support group using the following measures: family communication, parent-adolescent relationships, adolescent psychological adjustment, treatment adherence, diabetic control and health care use. Predictors of treatment outcome will be analyzed and the clinical significance will be evaluated, social validity and maintenance of treatment effects will be followed-up over 6- and 12-month intervals. These results could influence the clinical practice of diabetes management and health care policy regarding adolescents with diabetes and other chronic diseases. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTION FOR TYPE 2 DIABETES IN YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Delamater, Alan M.; Professor and Director; Pediatrics; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-JUN-2004; Project End 31-MAY-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): The incidence of type 2 diabetes has increased significantly in recent years, especially in youth. It is well known that type 2 diabetes is a serious and costly disease in adults. Thus, the implications of the increased prevalence of type 2 diabetes in youth are significant in terms of the impact on the public health system. With many more individuals experiencing diabetes with early onset, the increased cost to society will be large. Although there is an enormous accumulation of experience and knowledge concerning the medical and behavioral management of type 2 diabetes in adults, we know little about the disease or its management in children. Research indicates that normalization of blood glucose levels decreases the frequency of health complications of type 2 diabetes in adults. Changes in lifestyle are an important component of treatment; with obesity in the majority of cases, weight loss is an important treatment goal. Oral medications that lower glucose levels are another component of treatment, although more information about the efficacy and safety of the medications in children is needed. Work with children with type 1 diabetes and adults with type 2 diabetes indicates that diabetes management presents considerable challenges for many patients and their families. Difficulties with adherence and metabolic control are frequent, but little is known about the unique issues faced by children with type 2 diabetes and their families. Given that the incidence of type 2 diabetes in youth has increased dramatically only in recent years, few research studies have systematically examined management issues for this population. Thus, there is an urgent need for studies that address medical interventions as well as behavioral and psychosocial issues and interventions for management in youth with type 2 diabetes. The proposed research will identify important treatment-relevant psychosocial and behavioral issues for youth with type 2 diabetes and determine the feasibility and efficacy of a family-based behavioral lifestyle intervention on health outcomes and behavioral and psychosocial functioning of children and adolescents with type 2 diabetes. The results from this research will provide the preliminary feasibility and efficacy data needed for the development and submission of a subsequent R18 application. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

Studies

•

11

Project Title: BIPOLAR ILLNESS THERAPY, FAMILY BURDEN, COSTS & HEALTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Perlick, Deborah A.; Psychiatry; Yale University 47 College Street, Suite 203 New Haven, Ct 065208047 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2001; Project End 31-AUG-2004 Summary: (provided by applicant): Bipolar affective disorder is a severe, disabling mental disorder characterized by recurrent episodes of depression and mania, which impact adversely on the health, emotional and economic well-being of the family members that help care for the patient. The proposed research is an ancillary study to Systematic Treatment Enhancement Project for Bipolar Disorder (STEP-BD), which aims to test the effectiveness of the family vs. individually-based psychosocial treatments employed in this clinical trial to alleviate the emotional burdens and adverse health and economic effects of caring for relative with acute mania or depression. It also claims to examine the effects of reductions in burden over the course of treatment on the patients' clinical outcomes. The primary family caregivers (PC's) of 300 patients with SCIDdiagnosed Bipolar or II Disorder selected to participate in the Randomized Clinical Pathways (RCP's) for Acute Depression or Relapse Prevention will be evaluated on measures of family burden, health and coping: 1) pre-treatment; 2) post-treatment; and 3) six months later. Random effects regression models will be used to test the hypothesis of a differential effect of treatment with family-focused therapy (FFT) vs. treatment with individual intensive psychotherapy (Cognitive Behavioral or Interpersonal Social Rhythms Therapy), or individual nonintensive psychoeducation on: 1) the degree of burden reported by the family members of patients with bipolar disorder overtime, and 2) the resource costs associated with informal care. The results of the study will examine an important source of variance in clinical outcome not included in the STEP-BD protocol. They will help us understand how family burden and coping impact on the health and health practices of caregivers of person with bipolar illness. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: BRIEF FAMILY-BASED THERAPY FOR ADOLESCENT DRUG ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Liddle, Howard A.; Professor & Director; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 25-SEP-2002; Project End 31-JUL-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): In the last decade, great strides have been made in the development of empirically supported treatments for adolescent drug abuse. Much less progress has been made in adapting and transporting these treatments to nonresearch practice settings, in large part because the treatment models and methods are not community-friendly. They are too complex, too costly, and too long to be implemented and sustained under the current programmatic and financial realities of community practice. In response to RFA DA-02-006, we are proposing a 3-year treatment development study in which we will develop and evaluate through an iterative process a brief, prescriptive, 8-session, family-based therapy for adolescent drug abusers that is specifically intended to be community-friendly. This treatment will be brief therapy adaptation of an existing, manual-based treatment, Multidimensional Family Therapy (MDFT; Liddle, 2002) that has been shown efficacious. As part of the proposed project, a therapy manual for this brief version of the treatment (MDFT-B) and associated training materials, suitable for use with community-based drug counselors will be produced. Therapist adherence and competence measures also will be developed. This will be followed by a randomized, controlled pilot study of 70 adolescent drug abusers and their families, in which we will test the acceptability and

12

Family Therapy

efficacy of MDFT-B versus Community Treatment As Usual (CTAU), and examine predictors of outcome in both. The study will be carried out in a local community treatment agency, using existing clinic staff to deliver the treatments. Drug use outcomes and changes in prosocial functioning will be assessed during treatment, at termination, and at 3 and 6 months post-intake. The study could produce one of the first brief, family-based therapies for adolescent drug abusers and yield findings that would have significant implications for technology transfer efforts. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: CHANGE PROCESSES IN FAMILY THERAPY WITH DRUG USING YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Robbins, Michael S.; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-MAR-2002; Project End 29-FEB-2004 Summary: This study is designed to examine in-session therapeutic processes that contribute to engagement and retention in family therapy with drug abusing adolescents. In particular, this study examines common therapist interventions and core family processes that predict failure to engage (i.e., family drop outs prior to sessions 4) and failure to retain (i.e., family drop outs after session 4-7) in treatment. It is hypothesize that for families that engage in therapy, therapist Support and Cognitive Restructuring interventions will lead to increased family Alliance and decreased Conflict/Negativity respectively. It is further hypothesized that for families that retain in therapy, therapist Directive interventions will lead to increases in family Parenting. Families will be selected from the archives of three established family therapy programs (Functional Family Therapy; Multidimensional Family Therapy; Structural; Family Therapy). Common therapist interventions and core family processes will be identified from codings (microsession) and ratings (macrosession) of videotaped sessions. Preliminary confirmatory factor analyses will be conduced to examine the factor, structure of the common therapist interventions and core family processes. HLM techniques will be used to examine the impact of therapist interventions on changes in family processes, and the relationship between these changes and engagement and retention in therapy. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: CHANGING PARENTAL BELIEFS IN PEDIATRICS ONCOLOGY Principal Investigator & Institution: Kazak, Anne E.; Professor; Children's Hospital of Philadelphia 34Th St and Civic Ctr Blvd Philadelphia, Pa 191044399 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-JUL-2001; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: The diagnosis of children cancer affects the family and continues to impact parental functioning after treatment ends. Our previous research showed the persistence of parents' distressing symptoms of posttraumatic stress and its association with anxiety. In this proposal, we focus on the identification of parental beliefs associated with anxiety and adaption during treatment for childhood cancer, and conduct a randomized clinical trial (RCT) of a cognitive-behavioral and family therapy intervention for parents of newly diagnosed children with cancer. The three session intervention, Surviving Cancer Competently Intervention Program, Revised (SCCIP-R) is an adaptation of our intervention protocol for survivors of childhood cancer and their families. The first step in the project is the systematic identification of mothers' and fathers' beliefs about the disease and the treatment in a sample of 120 families of

Studies

13

children in families at diagnosis of childhood cancer, randomized to SCCIP-R intervention or an attention control condition. Baseline, 2 and 6 month data collections will include self-report measures of parental anxiety, psychological adjustment and family. Child quality of life will be assessed by parent and staff report. We will determine the affects of parental anxiety and its reduction on the child's quality of life. In a subsample of 62 patients with acute lymphoblastic (ALL), we will examine the associations of parental anxiety with parental neuroendocrine makers (DHEAS/cortosol ratio, ACTH, Substance P) and explore the associations among lowered levels of parental levels of parental anxiety and medical outcomes. Finally, we will assess the long- term impact of SCCIP-R assessing parental and patient posttraumatic stress at two points after cancer treatment ends. To our knowledge, this project is unique in providing a RCT of an intervention to reduce parental distress after diagnosis of childhood cancer and in the integration of neuroendocrine makers and medical outcome. If effective, SCCIP-R would provide evidence for the feasibility and importance of providing systemic intervention with families of patients with cancer. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: CHILD AND FAMILY THERAPY FOR ANXIETY-DISORDERED YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Kendall, Philip C.; Professor & Director; Psychology; Temple University 406 Usb, 083-45 Philadelphia, Pa 19122 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 07-JUL-2000; Project End 31-MAY-2005 Summary: One hundred fifty (150) youth (9- 13 year-olds) diagnosed with a primary anxiety disorder will participate in a randomized clinical trial, with 50 cases randomly assigned to Individual Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (ICBT), 50 cases to Family Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (FCBT), and 50 cases to an education/support/attention (ESA) control condition. All conditions will be 16 sessions. ICBT and FCBT involve anxiety education, relaxation, relabeling of anxiety-related cognition, problem-solving, exposure, and rehearsal. The ESA condition provides participants with support and attention from a therapist and education about emotions and anxiety. The study will employ multimethod assessment including structured diagnostic interviews, child and parent self-reports, parent and teacher ratings of the child, behavioral observations, and family assessments. Measures will be gathered at pre- and post-treatment, and at oneyear follow-up. To ensure that treatment-as-described was provided, treatment integrity will be assessed. Behavioral observations will be taken from videotapes, with two raters (.85 reliability; Kappa) for the child observational system and two for the family coding system. Treatment effects will be analyzed via 3 (conditions; between subjects) X 3 (assessments; within subjects) MANOVA and mixed factorial analysis of variance. Because several dependent measures may be highly interrelated (e.g., self-reports) multivariate analyses of variance will be used for same-method measures (e.g., selfreports). The study will examine maintenance via analyses of one-year follow-up data. The analyses will be conducted for both treatment completers and the intent-to-treat sample. Examinations of clinical significance, predictors of treatment outcome, and differential responsiveness to the two treatments will be conducted. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: COMBINED TREATMENT FOR DEPRESSED INPATIENTS Principal Investigator & Institution: Miller, Ivan W.; Professor; Rhode Island Hospital (Providence, Ri) Providence, Ri 029034923

14

Family Therapy

Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-FEB-2000; Project End 30-SEP-2002 Summary: The overall aim of this research is to further our knowledge of the best treatments for mood disorders. The more specific goal of this project is to determine the most effective post-hospital treatments for depressed inpatients. Despite their high morbidity, poor response to usual treatments, and high treatment costs, depressed inpatients have been markedly under-studied in clinical trials. While previous studies have suggested that combined psychosocial + pharmacological treatment maybe the most efficacious treatment, these studies have been limited in several respects and have not explored the parameters of the most effective combined treatments. To address these issues, we propose to conduct a clinical trial investigating the efficacy of combined psychosocial + medication treatments for post-discharge treatment for depressed inpatients. In addition to the basic comparison of component increases the efficacy of combined treatment. Thus, we propose to recruit 150 hospitalized patients with major depression and compare the efficacy of three treatment conditions: 1) Pharmacotherapy Alone (medication + clinical management), 2) Combined Individual (cognitive therapy + medication + clinical management, and 3) Combined Individual + Family (cognitive therapy + family therapy + medication + clinical management). Patients will be recruited while in the hospital and treated for 24 weeks on an outpatient basis. Responders to acute treatment will receive an additional 8 weeks of continuation/maintenance treatment. We hypothesize the following: 1. Patients who received combined treatment will have a better response to treatment than patients who receive pharmacotherapy alone (Pharmacotherapy Alone vs. Combined Individual, Combined Individual + Family). 2. Patients who receive additional individual therapy + family therapy will respond better than patients who receive additional therapy only (Combined Individual vs. Combined Individual + Family). Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: COMMUNITY-BASED TREATMENT FOR CHILD PHYSICAL ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Swenson, Cynthia C.; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; Medical University of South Carolina P O Box 250854 Charleston, Sc 29425 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 10-APR-2000; Project End 31-MAR-2005 Summary: (Adapted from the Applicant's Abstract): Research shows that physical abuse of a child is determined by many factors, such as characteristics of the parent, the child, the community, the family, and the family's social network. Children who experience physical abuse potentially have many problems in childhood, such as fears, anxiety, aggression, and poor skills in getting along with other children and solving problems. Further, studies show that many abused children experience problems such as violent crime and substance abuse in adulthood. Given that child abuse is determined by many factors, then considering each of these factors in treatment (example: child, parent, family, social network) is important. Most existing treatments for abusive families address only one of these factors (example: either the child or parent but not the whole family and social network) and little is known about cost of services for abused children. Also, many of the studies on physical abuse have been conducted in a university setting; thus, it is unclear whether the same outcomes might be shown when treatment is provided in a real world setting. The aim of this study is to compare the success of home-based multisystemic therapy (MST) (a treatment that considers all factors related to abuse) to Parent Training (PT) for reducing physically abused children's behavior problems and for reducing parent's abusive behaviors. This project will be based in the community. Families who are referred to the study will have been investigated by the Department of Social Services because a parent or caregiver in the family physically

Studies

15

abused one or more of the children. Referred families will be randomly assigned to receive either MST or to receive the Parent Training Group. Treatment for MST families will be conducted in their home. Parent Training will be provided in a communitybased children's center. In addition to assessing the therapeutic success of MST vs. PT, we will compare financial costs of each service. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: CORE--INTERVENTION Principal Investigator & Institution: Fisher, Philip A.; Research Scientist; Oregon Social Learning Center, Inc. 160 E 4Th Ave Eugene, or 97401 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002 Summary: The Oregon Prevention Research Center (OPRC) is currently developing over a dozen intervention protocols. Most of the interventions have central parent training components that are highly similar conceptually and procedurally, but vary in terms of developmental issues and family structures addressed. Five of the interventions have developed to the point of successful efficacy trials, and the others are at some phase of earlier development. The applicants plan to make resources available to the five developed interventions for the purpose of better specifying their procedures to develop common and very specific descriptions of common intervention components, so that (a) common and better measures of fidelity can be developed, and (b) measurement of costs of the procedures can be facilitated for the development of cost effectiveness analysis procedures. Second, they plan to support activities so that the five developed interventions further refine their interventions for specific community adaptations and trials (e.g., focus groups with consumers and stakeholders to deal with barriers to dissemination, negotiate modification of "nonessential components" or addition of others). In addition, relevant to all intervention programs, the OPRC plans to support a limited number of small studies each year that would typically not be funded by individual research grants (e.g., comparing different dosages of intervention components; developing different process, outcome, or fidelity measures). Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: CRA FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSING CAREGIVERS OF DELINQUENT YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Rowland, Melisa D.; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; Medical University of South Carolina P O Box 250854 Charleston, Sc 29425 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-JUL-2004; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): During the past decade, major advances have been made in the treatment of serious antisocial behavior in adolescents (U.S. Public Health Service, 2001). For example, three treatment models (i.e., Multisystemic Therapy [MST; Henggeler, Schoenwald, Borduin, Rowland, & Cunningham, 1998], Multidimensional Treatment Foster Care [MTFC; Chamberlain & Mihalac, 1998], and Functional Family Therapy [FFT; Alexander et al., 1998]) have been identified as effective treatments of adolescent criminal behavior by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention and the Surgeon General (U.S. Public Health Service, 1999). Favorable outcomes for adolescents with serious antisocial behavior, however, are often compromised by caregiver substance abuse. In light of the well-documented effectiveness of several treatments for adult substance abuse (Budney & Higgins, 1998; Carroll, 1998; McLellan 2002), the coordination of effective interventions aimed at adult substance abusers (e.g., parents and caregivers) with evidence-based treatments of

16

Family Therapy

serious antisocial behavior (i.e., violence, substance abuse) in adolescents holds promise in improving outcomes. The overriding purpose of the proposed study, therefore, is to take substantive steps in developing protocols to coordinate evidence-based treatment of adult substance abuse with evidence-based treatments of serious antisocial behavior. Specific aims include: Aim 1. Specify adaptations to the CRA and MST treatment, supervisory and consultation protocols such that treatment of caregiver substance use disorders (SUD) can be integrated into the intensive home-based services provided to MST youth. Aim 2. Develop adherence measures for the protocols specified in Aim 1. These will build on existing adherence measures used to evaluate treatment adherence to MST (Henggeler & Borduin, 1992; Schoenwald et al., 2000) and protocols developed to support treatment fidelity to CRA for adolescents (Randall, Halliday- Boykins, et al., 2001). Aim 3. Conduct a randomized pilot study of the revised manualized therapies with 20 MST families with substance abusing caregivers in real world practice settings. Aim 4. Work with the primary developer of MTFC (i.e., Dr. Patricia Chamberlain) to adapt the protocols and procedures developed in Aims 1 and 2 to be compatible with the MTFC treatment model. Test the protocols with 6 MTFC families. Aim 5. If findings are favorable, use the materials and results obtained in the pilot studies to develop a R01 grant application using MST practice sites and a R21 grant application using MTFC sites. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: DECREASING PREADOLESCENT

WEIGHT

GAIN

IN

AFRICAN

AMERICAN

Principal Investigator & Institution: Klesges, Robert C.; Professor and Executive Director; None; University of Memphis Memphis, Tn 38152 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-AUG-1999; Project End 30-NOV-2002 Summary: In this response to NHLBI RFA Number HL-98-010, we propose, as a field center: In Phase I: To conduct a two year intervention planning phase to: (a) identify potentially modifiable social and behavioral determinants of the behaviors and processes that will form the core of the intervention program, particularly those that may have been previously unrecognized or that have different characteristics in African American girls than would be assumed based on studies in Euro American girls; (b) identify important contextual variables (e.g., cultural, situational, familial, or developmental factors that will clearly influence adoption and long term adherence, but which cannot be directly addressed by the intervention) and specify their implications for the intervention design and implementation; (c) for both the social/behavioral and contextual variables, distinguish between cultural variables that are common to African Americans across socioeconomic status from those that seem to apply primarily to high or low SES girls or their families, in order to clarify what differences in assumptions and approaches would apply to interventions stratified or not-stratified on SES; (d) refine proposed data collection methods to improve the validity and appropriateness of all measures for pre-pubertal African American girls, considering physiological and cognitive development, body composition issues, and psychosocial factors; (e) revise the proposed design, recruitment, intervention, and measurement plans as indicated; and (f) feasibility test all aspects in a formal 12 week pilot study with participants similar to those to be included in the Phase II study. In Phase II: To conduct a two year (Phase II) randomized clinical trial of two family-based interventions compared to a standard care condition. The primary outcome measure will be the between group differences in BMI and DEXA at 1 and 2 years of follow up. Secondary outcomes will be percent body fat, fasting insulin, glucose, and c-peptides. Intermediate outcome measures will include

Studies

17

between group differences in dietary intake and physical activity. Measures of intervention safety and potential negative side effects of intervention will include measures of bone mass, sexual maturation, eating disorders, and rates of smoking. Because the type of intervention that will be effective will involve an interactive process of tailoring and responding to participant needs and interests, rather than fixed content offered in a fixed format, an additional aim of Phase II will be to document the interventions to allow for later dissemination. This will be accomplished through continued monitoring of the implementation process and development of a scheme for describing how the process evolves and how it can be replicated. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: DEPRESSED INTERVENTION

ADOLESCENTS

IN

PRIMARY

CARE:

AN

Principal Investigator & Institution: Moldenhauer, Zendi; None; University of Rochester Orpa - Rc Box 270140 Rochester, Ny 14627 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 05-AUG-2002 Summary: The importance of early recognition and effective intervention for adolescents with elevated depressive symptoms to prevent the development of major depression, is gaining increased recognition. Between 12% and 62% of the general adolescent population have elevated depressive symptomatology, however, there have been no randomized experiments in primary care practice for depressed adolescents, which is where the majority of adolescents receive their routine and acute care. This study will test the efficacy of an 8-week, individual, cognitive-behavioral intervention, delivered by nurse practitioners in the primary health care setting to adolescents with elevated depressive symptoms and their parents, in an effort to prevent major depression. Adolescents (aged 11-17 years) will be recruited in five pediatrician's offices in Upstate New York and screened for depressive symptoms using the Children's Depression Inventory (CDI). Eligible and consenting adolescents (n=110) and their parents will be randomized to an experimental or control group. The content of the experimental intervention is a modified replication of the Coping with Depression for Adolescents course (CWD-A) developed and researched by Dr. Lewinsohn and team, at the Oregon Research Institute. The control group will receive information about nutrition and injury prevention. Booster sessions will occur monthly for four months for both groups. Measures will be collected at baseline, treatment completion, and at 3 and 6 months post-intervention. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: DEVELOPING A CULTURALLY ROOTED ADOLESCENT FAMILY THERAPY Principal Investigator & Institution: Santisteban, Daniel A.; Research Associate Professor; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 05-AUG-2000; Project End 31-JUL-2004 Summary: (Applicant's Abstract) This application proposes to conduct a Stage I treatment development study that targets Hispanic drug abusing adolescents and their families, who have unique values and acculturation/ immigration related life experiences that can be shown to directly impact engagement, retention, drug use, and the efficacy/effectiveness of drug treatment. Although the importance of culture related factors have been generally acknowledged, treatment models have failed to link specific

18

Family Therapy

culturally derived interventions to specific treatment change mechanisms central to drug abuse treatment. The proposed model, Culturally Rooted Adolescent Family Therapy (CRAFT), will include psycho-educational modules that directly address these culture related factors and are designed to enhance treatment alliance and facilitate the work of family therapy change mechanisms. The proposed model is divided into three AIMs each designed to produce findings that inform the subsequent AIM's work. AIM I consists of a basic research study that investigates the independent contribution of specific immigration and acculturation-related stressors in disrupting family therapy mechanism of change. AIM II consist of: 1) the development of a "working" CRAFT manual, 2) a set of single-case experiments designed to enhance the impact on family change mechanism and CRAFT's feasibility/acceptability, 3) the manualization of the refined CRAFT model, and 4) the development of an adherence checklist and therapist selection and training guidelines. AIM III focuses on pilot testing the efficacy of the manualized intervention using a small randomized trial design in which subjects are randomized to either CRAFT or Family Therapy as Usual. AIM I analyses of the basic research study and the AIM II single-case experiments series are intended to provide data that will inform the refinements of the CRAFT intervention. AIM III analyses of the randomized trial are designed to determine effect sizes for the analyses that would be required in a Stage II efficacy trial, viz., HLM on outcomes (drug abuse and other delinquency problems); HLM analyses of postulated change mechanisms (parent practices, parent-adolescent attachment, parent-ecology interactions, and therapeutic alliance). Moreover, analyses of clinical significance will be used to identify subgroups for whom the interventions work best, and growth curve analyses using Hierarchical Linear Modeling, will be used to compare the trajectory of change in mechanisms of action between successful and unsuccessful cases. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE TREATMENTS FOR CHILD PHYSICAL ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Runyon, Melissa K.; Center for Children's Support; Univ of Med/Dent Nj-Sch Osteopathic Med Osteopathic Medicine Stratford, Nj 08084 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): Child physical abuse (CPA) has been associated with a wide range of debilitating psychosocial sequelae, such as Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), depression, aggressive behavior, poor social problem-solving skills and communication skills, as well as lower levels of empathy and sensitivity towards others. Without treatment, these behaviors may also escalate into violent, criminal behavior in adolescence and adulthood, as well as abusive or coercive behaviors in dating relationships. The behavior may persist throughout CPA victims' lives in adult relationships and parent-child interactions. Although it is critical to include the parent and stop the ongoing abuse, it is necessary to help the child heal to prevent long-term emotional difficulties and to break an eventual cycle of violence. The present study is aimed at developing and examining the relative efficacy of a group cognitive-behavioral treatment model that involves the child and parent in families at risk for repeated CPA. It is hypothesized that the Combined Parent-Child Group CBT intervention will be superior to the Parent-Only Group CBT intervention for reducing children's PTSD and depressive symptoms, abuse-specific attributions, and behavioral difficulties, as well as overall parenting skills, parental attributions about children's behavior, and anger arousal. Parental attributions about failure associated with child rearing situations, and children's abuse-related attributions will be examined for their moderating influences on

Studies

19

an exploratory basis. Participants will be children (ages 8 to 13) and their offending family members. Standardized evaluations will be conducted to assess parents' anger arousal, beliefs about children's behavior, parenting practices, parent reports of children's behavior patterns and PTSD symptoms, children's self-reports of PTSD, depression, anger, and perception of parenting style, as well as the use of violent disciplining strategies. After the initial assessment, children and/or their parents will receive a randomly determined group treatment type (Combined Parent-Child Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (CBT) vs. Parent-Only CBT). Assessments will be conducted at pre- and post-treatment, and 3-month follow-up. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: DIABETES PREVENTION TRIAL--TYPE I DIABETES (DPT I) Principal Investigator & Institution: White, Neil; Washington University Lindell and Skinker Blvd St. Louis, Mo 63130 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002 Summary: The DPT-1 is a multicenter, randomized, controlled, NIH-sponsored clinical trial to assess whether low dose subcutaneous insulin (compared to a non-intervention control group) or oral insulin (compared to placebo) prevents or delays the onset of type I diabetes mellitus (IDDM) in relatives of IDDM subjects at risk. Screening consists of islet cell antibodies (ICA); staging (in those positive with positive ICA) includes intravenous glucose tolerance testing, insulin autoantibodies, and HLA typing. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: DIFFUSION Principal Investigator & Institution: Karanja, Njeri; Senior Investigator; Kaiser Foundation Research Institute 1800 Harrison St, 16Th Fl Oakland, Ca 946123433 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-MAY-2004; Project End 30-APR-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): African Americans continue to suffer disproportionately from cardiovascular disease (CVD). The behavioral risk factors survey and other studies show that African Americans carry higher behavioral and genetic risk factors for CVD. This is a planning grant whose overall aim is to collaborate with African American community organizations and residents to design, implement and evaluate a family-based intervention to promote the adoption and maintenance of CVD preventive behaviors. Fifty African Americans who are heads of household will first participate in a six-month weight loss program (Phase I) previously shown to have efficacy in African American women. Phase I will be followed by a family based intervention intended to a) maintain behaviors acquired in Phase I, and b) extend and facilitate the diffusion of these same behaviors to family members. The family component will be implemented by trained Community Health Advocates (CHAs) who will be recruited from partner organizations. The Phase I intervention has been tested and shown to be efficacious. In contrast, a concrete design for Phase II is not presented; as to do so would be antithetical to the principles of participatory research. Rather, we present the process we will follow to a) collaboratively design Phase II and a future R01 with collaborating community groups and b) build capacity in partner organizations to implement the Phase II intervention. A future R01 would present a more concrete, pretested intervention, which community residents think is feasible. The intervention goals for both phases I and II are: 1) improved food choices and food behaviors 2) increased physical activity, 3) reduced stress and 4) learning how to use, advocate for, and interpret CVD clinical preventive services. The framework used to conduct the

20

Family Therapy

proposed work combines the principles of participatory research, behavior change theories and culture-based health promotion approaches consistent with cultural values of African Americans. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: DRUG USE & HIV RISK:TREATMENT OF HISPANIC & ANGLO YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Hops, Hyman; Senior Research Scientist; Oregon Research Institute Eugene, or 97403 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-SEP-2000; Project End 31-MAY-2005 Summary: This project has been developed in coordination with a parallel proposal being submitted by the Center for Adolescent and Family Research at the University of New Mexico to evaluate treatment efficacy for adolescent substance use disorders and HIV risk behavior. Controlled clinical trials of intervention programs for these problems have been rare, and few effective, replicable, and enduring treatment strategies have been identified. Even less research has focused on identifying appropriate and effective treatments for Hispanic youth. The primary aim of the proposed clinical trial is to examine the effects of two contrasting interventions, an individual cognitive-behavioral model and an integrative family-based intervention model that combines a family approach with the individual procedure. Both Anglo and Hispanic youth will be randomly assigned to each of these procedures and outcome variables will include substance use disorders and HIV-risk behaviors. Both treatment approaches will incorporate an education and skills-based HIV prevention module designed to decrease HIV-risk behaviors. A secondary aim is to examine factors related to substance use at baseline and to treatment outcomes based on a hypothesized model of influence. An evaluation of the relationships among the latent constructs in our model and of treatment outcomes among Anglo and Hispanic subgroups, within and across sites, will provide a clearer understanding of which approaches to treatment have greatest benefit for different ethnic cultural groups at the level of the individual substance user, parents and siblings, and family system functioning, as well as the differential impact these treatments may have on various risk and protective factors. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: EARLY PRIMARY PREVENTION OF CONDUCT PROBLEMS Principal Investigator & Institution: Miller Brotman, Laurie S.; Psychiatry; New York University School of Medicine 550 1St Ave New York, Ny 10016 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-MAR-1997; Project End 30-JUN-2007 Summary: (provided by investigator): This Competing Continuation application requests funds to examine the long-term efficacy of a prevention program designed to ward off the development of conduct problems in preschoolers at high risk for antisocial behavior. Participants are considered high risk based on urban residence and the fact that an older sibling is a juvenile delinquent. The original study, "Early Primary Prevention of Conduct Problems" (1997-2002), examines the immediate and short-term effects of a family-based multimodal preventive intervention. The prevention program, based on social interaction learning theory, aims to improve parenting practices, parentchild interactions, and child social competence in young children, prior to school entry, in order to prevent the development of conduct problems that typically emerge and crystallize during elementary school. The proposed follow-up study aims to examine the development of conduct problems, social competence and school functioning in

Studies

21

program participants, relative to controls, from second through fifth grade. Longitudinal evaluation of children?s behavior is crucial for documenting effects of the intervention on the prevention of conduct problems. To our knowledge, this is the only controlled trial of an intervention that specifically aims to prevent the development of conduct problems in poor, urban preschoolers at familial risk for conduct problems. The proposed follow-up will inform on short-lived versus sustained preventive effects. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: ECOSYSTEMS THERAPY: MEN REINTEGRATING WITH THEIR FAMILY Principal Investigator & Institution: Grinstead, Olga A.; Associate Professor; Medicine; University of California San Francisco 500 Parnassus Ave San Francisco, Ca 941222747 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): HIV+ men leaving prison are at extremely high risk to transmit HIV to their sexual and needle-sharing partners. Our previous research supports the effectiveness of Structural Ecosystems Therapy (SET), the appropriateness of this intervention for HIV+ men leaving prison, and the need to address family and other support networks as agents of change in this population. Further, our previous work with families and partners of incarcerated men has demonstrated the availability and willingness of family members to participate in such an intervention. In this project we will tailor a family therapy intervention (SET) to meet the specific needs of HIV+ men being released from prison, pilot test the intervention and assessment procedures, then conduct a randomized study in which 186 men will receive either SET or an individually focused HIV transmission risk reduction comparison intervention. We will test the effectiveness of the intervention in reducing sexual and drug-related HIV transmission risk and increasing HIV-related medical adherence. The specific aims of the study are: AIM 1: To tailor Structural Ecosystems Therapy (SET) to address the specific needs of HIV+ men being released from prison and their families as described in our previous research. AIM 2: To test the efficacy of the tailored Structural Ecosystems Therapy (SET Re-Entry) in reducing sexual and drug-related HIV transmission risk behaviors among HIV+ men being released from prison relative to an individually focused comparison intervention. AIM 3: To test the efficacy of the tailored SET ReEntry in increasing HIV-related medical adherence relative to an individually focused comparison intervention. AIM 4: To describe the intervention process of SET Re-Entry, conduct exploratory tests of the mediators of HIV transmission risk reduction and HIVrelated medical adherence among HIV+ men leaving prison, and to conduct exploratory analyses of the impact of the interventions on recidivism to prison. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: EFFECTIVE THERAPY OF BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS IN PRIMARY CARE Principal Investigator & Institution: Kolko, David J.; Professor of Psychiatry, Psychology, And; Psychiatry; University of Pittsburgh at Pittsburgh 350 Thackeray Hall Pittsburgh, Pa 15260 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2000; Project End 31-AUG-2005 Summary: (Adapted from Applicant's Abstract): This application is being submitted in response to RFA MH-00-011 entitled "Implementation of Intervention Strategies for Children with Disruptive Behaviors". Children's psychosocial problems, such as oppositional behaviors or conduct problems, are often underidentified and underserved

22

Family Therapy

in healthcare settings. This application seeks to evaluate the application of a specialized psychosocial treatment protocol for children with disruptive behavior problems (DBP) in pediatric primary care. The treatment procedures are derived from the investigator's existing multimodal treatment protocol whose effectiveness is being examined in the community (MH 57727; "Effectiveness of Community Services for Conduct Problems"). A total of 150 patients will be recruited from five pediatric primary care practices affiliated with the Children's Community Care health network. Children exhibiting DBP would be randomly assigned to the specialty treatment protocol (STP) or treatment-asusual (TAU) in each practice. Cases assigned to STP would receive services from trained nurse-clinicians who would administer selected treatment modules in the pediatric office with designated participants (children, parents/families, teacher calls). Planned analyses will examine differences in treatment participants/process, procedures, outcomes, and cost-effectiveness as a function of treatment condition. Relative to TAU, the investigator predicts that STP will be associated with higher treatment participation rates, greater improvements in multiple clinical outcomes related to child and family functioning, and greater cost-effectiveness. Such real-world information is timely in light of changes in the types of treatments being provided to this population in pediatric primary care, the evolution of an integrated pediatric mental health care service system, and developments in clinical practice and technique based on evidence from recent empirical outcome studies. These outcomes would empirically support decisions to integrate cost-effective, specialty treatment methods in pediatric health care settings. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: EXAMINING THE EFFICACY OF 'PARENTS WHO CARE' Principal Investigator & Institution: Haggerty, Kevin P.; Project Director; None; University of Washington Grant & Contract Services Seattle, Wa 98105 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-SEP-2000; Project End 31-AUG-2005 Summary: Description (adapted from investigator's abstract): This application is in response to the drug abuse prevention through family intervention announcement (PA96-013). The goal of the project is to examine the efficacy of two different family interventions: a family self-administered program with telephone follow-up, and a family self-administered program plus parent and adolescent group meetings. The intervention content is based on Parents Who Care (PWC), a theory-based drug prevention intervention for families with teenage children. The program was developed and field-tested under a NIDA SBIR grant (DA07435). Based on the social development model (Catalano & Hawkins, 1996; Catalano, Kosterman et al., 1996), the intervention utilizes principles of social learning and attachment theory. The elements of family style (family affect, patterns of involvement and bonding) and family processes (parenting practices) have both been incorporated into the social development theory (Darling and Steinberg, 1993). Specific aims of this project are: 1) to compare the efficacy of Parents Who Care family skills training curriculum using two different interventions; outcomes examined will include immediate (session by session), proximal (risk and protective factors) and distal outcomes (substance abuse and other problem behavior), 2) to model the impact of the different modes of intervention and risk status of families on hypothesized micro processes of change and 3) to conduct a benefit-cost analysis of the different modes of delivery of the program. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

Studies

•

23

Project Title: FAMILY AND GROUP THERAPIES FOR ADOLESCENT ALCOHOL ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Stanton, Morris D.; Morton Center 1028 Barret Ave Louisville, Ky 40204 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-1998; Project End 31-AUG-2005 Summary: APPLICANT'S ABSTRACT: Despite well-founded societal concerns over use of illicit drugs by youth, alcohol use has persisted for decades as the number one adolescent substance abuse problem in the U.S. Further, research has shown that the earlier the onset of alcohol use, the more likely a person is to develop alcohol dependence later during the life course. Consequently, the need is clear for interventions that will arrest this process at the earliest point possible. Hence, interventions that mobilize a youth's social systems to help that young person deal with the problem, i.e., the family and peer systems, would make sense from a number of standpoints. The first objective of the research proposed here is to compare the effectiveness of two different modalities. One of these is a state-of-the-art family therapy approach, Transitional Family Therapy (TFT), which integrates nuclear family, here-and-now interventions, with multigenerational issues. The other is a standardized version of the established modality of Adolescent Group Therapy (AGT), which includes both psycoeducational and therapeutic components. Both approaches have been developed expressly to target adolescent alcohol problems. Participants will be 140 males and females, ages 13-17, with diagnoses of alcohol abuse or dependence. Following random assignment to conditions, treatment in either condition will take four months in addition to two months of aftercare (six months total). Outcomes will be compared at treatment termination, one year post-treatment, and two years post-treatment. The second objective is to establish a standard as to the outcomes that can be achieved with AGT for this population. Even though group therapy is probably the most widely used treatment modality for such problems, there presently appear to be no clinical trails defining its parameters and expectation with adolescent alcohol abusers. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: FAMILY ATTACHMENT AS AN INDICATOR OF TREATMENT OUTCOME Principal Investigator & Institution: Bolton Oetzel, Keri; Family and Community Medicine; University of New Mexico Albuquerque Controller's Office Albuquerque, Nm 87131 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 15-JUL-2004; Project End 14-JUL-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): The proposed dissertation study will explore how attachment behaviors relate to substance use and examine the effects of treatment on attachment-related behaviors by assessing several facets of attachment-related themes, substance abuse outcome, and type of treatment. Recent work suggests attachment is malleable and changes because of the dramatic developmental psychological and physical changes adolescents undergo (Allen & Land, 1999; Berlin & Cassidy, 1999; Kobak, 1999). Yet little is known about attachment-related behaviors and their role in the development or inhibition of substance-use disorders in adolescents. Moreover, the prevalence of substance abuse is a significant problem in adolescents, and any empirical evidence that can enhance prevention and treatment efforts would be invaluable. The analysis will be designed to measure the impact of attachment behaviors (autonomy and relatedness) and type of treatment (family, individual, and group therapy) on substanceabuse treatment outcome. This study proposes to code 200 videotaped family

24

Family Therapy

interactions using the Autonomy and Relatedness Coding System (Allen, Hauser, Bell, McEIhaney et al., 1994). The family interactions will then be used to determine whether attachment mediates the type of treatment and treatment-outcome relationship. The specific aims are: 1) To examine, at baseline, the nature of the relationship between attachment and substance use. 2) To examine the effect of treatment on attachmentrelated behaviors. 3) To determine whether attachment mediates the type of treatment and treatment-outcome relationship. This study will culminate with an improved understanding of the role of attachment in substance-abuse treatment as well as valuable insights for future research of family attachment as a prevention for adolescent substance abuse. This dissertation project proposes to use data from a completed, NIDA-funded treatment-outcome study, R01 DA09422, and to help illuminate important findings about why certain adolescent substance abuse treatments work. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY BASED PREVENTION FOR CHILDREN OF ALCOHOLICS Principal Investigator & Institution: Nochajski, Thomas H.; Associate Professor; None; State University of New York at Buffalo Suite 211 Ub Commons Buffalo, Ny 14228 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-JUN-2000; Project End 31-MAY-2005 Summary: The specific aims of this project are (1) to test the effectiveness of the Strengthening Families Program (SFP) for children of alcohol dependent parents; (2) to examine health services research on the SFP; and (3) to conduct etiological theory testing for children of alcohol dependent parents. These aims will be tested by an international research team that will allow us to determine whether (1) the SFP will have similar success rates, (2) there are similar health services-related outcomes, (3) and whether etiological model building will generalize, across different social environmental contexts and health service system milieus. The SFP is a highly structured, family-focused prevention program composed of three components: parent training, children's skills training, and family skills training for children of alcohol and other drug (AOD) dependent parents. The subjects will include 720 families of school-aged (9-12 years old) children. These families will be recruited in five cohorts of 144 COA families each from six treatment agencies across two environmental contexts (Buffalo and Toronto) over two and a half years. Half (N=360 families) will be randomly assigned to the experimental group and half to a minimal contact control intervention consisting of a single video parenting session. A true-experimental, 3 year longitudinal research design consisting of several repeated measures (i.e., a pre-test, post-test, and longitudinal follow-ups) and with random assignment of families will be utilized. Standardized outcome measures of risk/protective factors (e.g., substance use/abuse, self-esteem, coping skills, family environment, life stressors) will be gathered from both children and parents. Comprehensive process data (e.g., program fidelity, consumer satisfaction, participation rates, and trainer variables) will be linked to outcome data. A number of co-variates (age, gender, ethnicity, site, child dysfunction, level of alcohol/drug use) will be analyzed to determine differential program effectiveness. Data analyses will include analyses of variance, SEM, mediational analysis, latent growth modeling and hierarchical linear modeling. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: FAMILY BASED TREATMENT OF EARLY CHILDHOOD OCD Principal Investigator & Institution: Leonard, Henrietta L.; Professor; Rhode Island Hospital (Providence, Ri) Providence, Ri 029034923

Studies

25

Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-MAR-2002; Project End 28-FEB-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) affects approximately 1 in 200 children and the onset of this disorder in childhood is a significant predictor of adult morbidity. To date, psychotherapy trials for youths with OCD have been designed for children 8 years and older and have been based on ageappropriate adaptations of the individual cognitive-behavioral treatment model found to be effective with adults. While preliminary evidence supports the efficacy of this approach during late childhood and adolescence, neither individual treatment nor cognitive therapy is developmentally appropriate options for the early childhood years. To date, no psychotherapy trials have focused specifically on this early childhood period. There are a number of unique features about early childhood onset OCD including developmental stage, symptom picture, and embeddedness in the family that makes treatment considerations for this disorder different from adults, adolescents, or even older children. Family based treatments have been used for other childhood disorders, but not OCD. Interventions for early childhood onset OCD need to be designed to address both developmental considerations and children's strong embeddedness in their family context. The primary aim of the present proposal is to develop and evaluate a short-term, manualized, family-based treatment intervention for Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) during early childhood (age 5-8 years). This proposal is submitted as an R21 Exploratory/Developmental Grant for Psychosocial Treatment Research in response to (PA-00-094) Early Identification & Treatment of Mental Disorders in Children). This project is designed to be conducted in three stages 1) Development, 2) Pilot Study, and 3) Randomized Control Study. The Manual Development phase will include review by experts. The Pilot Study stage will assess the intervention protocol for feasibility using 6 children. Information and feedback will be used to prepare a revised treatment manual. Additionally, a relaxation Therapy Manual will be tested in a pilot study of 6 children to determine its acceptability as a control treatment for the randomized study. A randomized controlled trial of 30 children, to compare the CBT manual (N=15) to that of the control (Relaxation) manual (N=15), will be completed. At the end of the study, a final revised, comprehensive, manualized treatment protocol would be completed which could be tested in large efficacy and effectiveness studies. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: DEPRESSION

FAMILY

COGNITIVE-BEHAVIORAL

PREVENTION

OF

Principal Investigator & Institution: Compas, Bruce E.; Psychology & Human Development; Vanderbilt University 3319 West End Ave. Nashville, Tn 372036917 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-JUL-2004; Project End 30-APR-2009 Summary: (provided by applicant): Children of depressed parents are at significantly increased risk for depression and other forms of psychopathology. Three psychosocial mechanisms are associated with increased risk for psychopathology in these children--stressful parent-child interactions, the ways that children respond to and cope with these stressful interactions, and children's negative cognitions. Specifically, parenting behavior that is characterized by intrusiveness and withdrawal and children's negative attributional style are associated with increased problems in children. In contrast, children's use of secondary control coping (cognitive restructuring, acceptance, distraction) is related to lower problems. Based on these findings, we have established the feasibility and acceptability of a preventive intervention for depressed parents and their families. This study will examine in a randomized clinical trial the efficacy of a

26

Family Therapy

family-based cognitive behavioral intervention to prevent the adverse effects of parental depression on offspring. Depressed parents, their spouses, and their children (ages 9 to 16-years-old) will be randomly assigned to a multifamily cognitive behavioral group intervention or to a self-study control condition. The 12 session (8 acute and 4 follow-up) family cognitive behavioral intervention will include coping skills training for children and parenting skills training for depressed parents and their spouses. Families in the control condition will receive only written educational materials about depression and its effects on families. Measures administered at pre-, post- and 6-, 12-, 18-, and 24month follow-ups will include assessment of mood disorders and other psychiatric disorders, internalizing and externalizing problems in children. Possible mediators of the effects of the intervention will also be evaluated, including parental depressive symptoms and episodes of depression, parental intrusiveness and withdrawal, and children's coping and stress responses. Our goal is to determine the efficacy of this intervention that is unique in its focus on helping children of depressed parents to cope with stressful interactions with their parents, and to improve the parenting skills of depressed parents. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY INTERVENTION FOR SMI AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDERS Principal Investigator & Institution: Mueser, Kim T.; Professor of Psychiatry; Psychiatry; Dartmouth College 11 Rope Ferry Rd. #6210 Hanover, Nh 03755 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 03-JUL-2001; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: Substance use disorders (SUD) in persons with severe mental illness (SMI) are common and have a profound effect on the course of psychiatric illness. Despite the prominence of "dual disorders" among the SMI, no manualized, empirically validated treatments exist. There is a particular need for family work in this area because most dually diagnosed clients maintain contact with relatives, and the loss of family support is associated with housing instability and homelessness in this population. The proposed research will be a controlled evaluation of a new family intervention for dual disorders (FIDD) program, described in a treatment manual and supported by a pilot study. The study will take place at two typical public mental health centers, the North Suffolk Mental Health Association in Massachusetts and the San Fernando Mental Health Center in California. The research will be conducted by the joint effort of two well-established centers for mental health services and clinical trials research, the New Hampshire-Dartmouth Psychiatric Research Center and the UCLA Intervention Research Center. A total of 140 clients and their families (N=70 at each site) will be randomly assigned to either the FIDD program for 2 years (N=70), which includes both single family and multiple-family group formats, or family psychoeducation including 6 weekly sessions (N=70). Fidelity of clinicians to the FIDD program will be monitored with standardized measures. Routine assessments will be conducted over 2 years on all clients and relatives to evaluate a wide range of outcomes, including substance abuse, hospitalizations, psychiatric symptoms, legal problems, aggression, housing and homelessness, family burden, social support, and quality of life. Process measures of the FIDD program will include family knowledge of dual disorders and problem-solving skill. The results of the proposed research have important implications for improving the long-term outcomes of clients with dual disorders and lessening the impact of SUD on relatives. Enhancing the skills of families for coping with dual disorders is expected to be an effective strategy for treating SUD, decreasing hospitalizations, and decreasing caregiver burden. Improvements in these areas may the have long-term benefit of

Studies

27

maintaining family involvement with dually diagnosed clients, thereby reducing housing instability and homelessness. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY INTERVENTIONS AND HIV RISKS AMONG CARIBBEAN YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Baptiste, Donna R.; Psychiatry; University of Illinois at Chicago 1737 West Polk Street Chicago, Il 60612 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 04-SEP-2003; Project End 31-AUG-2008 Summary: (provided by candidate): The ultimate goal of this Scientist Development Award For New Minority Faculty, is to provide the candidate with the necessary training/mentorship to establish an independent program of research, focused on development of USA-Caribbean collaborations to advance the use of family-based interventions in HIV/AIDS risk reduction among Caribbean youth. Consistent with this long term career goal, the immediate focus of this award is to provide the candidate with training and mentorship to attain increased knowledge and skills in 5 key areas: 1) capacity to independently conduct effectiveness trials of family-based interventions; 2) ability to use quantitative and qualitative data analytic strategies and techniques with intervention data; 3) an understanding of Caribbean Family systems and specifically the role of families in preventing and adapting to HIV/AIDS; 4) ability to skillfully engage in US/Developing country partnership research; 5) extension of a collaboration with a Caribbean social service agency, The Family Planning Association of Trinidad and Tobago (FPATT) to evaluate the effectiveness of a family-based intervention in decreasing HIV/AIDS risks among a sample of Trinidad/Tobago youth. This intervention was adapted from a US-based family program (via a supplemental award) to match the contextual and cultural features of the island. The research plan for this award involves two specific aims to be pursued with training and support of mentors. First, the candidate will work with the FPATT to conduct a pilot randomized trial of the adapted intervention with a sample of youth and families (N=200) in Trinidad. This study is expected to yield preliminary results about the intervention's effectiveness in decreasing adolescent HIV/AIDS risk exposure and also an estimate of effect to determine a sample size for a larger intervention. Second, the candidate will analyze qualitative data derived from focus groups and interviews (collected during prior research) on key enablers and barriers to establishing a collaboration with the FPATT. This second study will guide the candidate's future involvement in US/Caribbean prevention partnerships. Over the 5 years of the award, instruction, training, mentorship, and applied experiences are expected to significantly enhance the candidate's skills and expertise as a researcher and also contribute greatly to launching of an independent research program. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: FAMILY PROCESS AND HIV RISK REDUCTION IN YOUNG IDU'S Principal Investigator & Institution: Bailey, Susan L.; Research Associate Professor; None; University of Illinois at Chicago 1737 West Polk Street Chicago, Il 60612 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 10-AUG-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): National surveillance data indicate that the face of heroin use is getting younger. Currently, little is known about this new, apparently younger, cohort of heroin users and injecting drug users (IDUs), but there is substantial evidence that they commonly engage in HIV-risk activities. Family or parent

28

Family Therapy

interventions have been effective in preventing substance use and other types of deviant behavior among youth, so it stands to reason that such programs may be effective for HIV prevention. In addition, many young IDUs still live at home with a parent or guardian and receive some type of support as well. Regardless if their relationships are strained or dysfunctional, there is a need to explore the effects of involving parents in their children?s substance use intervention, including treatment and harm reduction. The purposes of the proposed study are to 1) determine the feasibility of involving parents in a three-session intervention including education and prevention case management, and 2) evaluate the effects of the intervention. 650 parents and their IDU youth (aged 18-25 years) will be recruited in Chicago for the proposed study. The intervention design is (a) three sessions for parents --(1) a group education session on harm reduction, (2) a one-on-one session with a case manager, and (3) a joint session with their IDU offspring and the case manager; and (2) two sessions for young IDU offspring-- (1) a one-on-one session with a case manager, and (2) the joint session with their parents and the case manager. The specific aims of the study are to: (1) Explore parents'/guardians' knowledge and opinions regarding harm reduction (i.e., safe injection and sexual behaviors) as an appropriate response to their children's heroin use, and (2) Assess the willingness of parents/guardians of young IDUs to attend three sessions of harm reduction education and prevention case management, their actual attendance and responses to the sessions, and intervening factors that shape these outcomes, and (3) Measure the effects of the intervention on (a) parents'/guardians' active involvement in their children's heroin use problems and opinions about harm reduction, and on (b) young IDUs help-seeking behaviors. The proposed study will build on two of our studies of young IDUs in Chicago. Results will contribute to the design of effective HIV prevention efforts that involve the parents of young IDUs. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY THERAPY FOR ADOLESCENT BULIMIA NERVOSA Principal Investigator & Institution: Le Grange, Daniel; None; University of Chicago 5801 S Ellis Ave Chicago, Il 60637 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-APR-2001; Project End 31-MAR-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): Bulimia nervosa (BN) is a disabling eating disorder and affects as many as 2% of young women. It is a major source of psychiatric and medical morbidity that often impairs several areas of functioning. BN is occurring with increasing frequency among adolescents and preadolescents. Applying stringent diagnostic criteria for BN, studies have found 2-5% of adolescent girls surveyed qualify for diagnosis of BN. Research specific to treatment of child and adolescent eating disorders remains limited. No psychological treatment has been systematically evaluated in the treatment of adolescents with BN. The rationale for the proposed study derives from the candidate's participation in the conduct of treatment studies for adolescents with anorexia nervosa at the Maudsley Hospital in London. These data indicate that a specific form of family therapy is effective in the treatment of adolescents with anorexia nervosa. Involving the parents and siblings in treatment has beneficial effects on reversing the course of the eating disorder as well as improving family interaction. A preliminary report from the Maudsley group has also shown that this family therapy may be helpful in the treatment of adolescents with BN. Because most young adolescents still live with their families of origin, and are embedded in their families. This raises the important clinical possibility that adolescent BN patients can also be successfully treated with family therapy. We hypothesize that family therapy is an effective and essential way to reduce binging and purging in adolescents with BN,

Studies

29

and will lead to long-term amelioration of bulimic symptoms. In the proposed study we aim to adapt and pilot a recently developed family therapy manual for adolescent anorexia nervosa for use in the treatment of adolescent BN patents, and to compare the efficacy of this conceptually and procedurally distinct family therapy treatment with a manualized individual control psychotherapy. To achieve these aims, we propose a fiveyear controlled treatment study to be carried out at The University of Chicago. Ninety newly referred adolescents meeting DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for BN will be randomly allocated to one of two groups: 1) family therapy or 2) individual supportive control treatment. All patients will receive the same medical evaluation and monitoring throughout the study period. Assessment of psychiatric and medical outcome measures will be carried out at the onset of treatment, during treatment, at the end of treatment, and again at six-month follow-up. The primary clinical outcome variables assessed will be binge and purge frequency (Eating Disorder Examination), while secondary outcome variables will include the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia, Rosenberg Self-esteem Scale, and Expressed Emotion. The candidate is a clinical psychologist who seeks to acquire skills in sophisticated statistical techniques for longitudinal data analysis, more in-depth knowledge of child and adolescent development and mentoring to conduct an independent controlled treatment trial in adolescent BN. This award will allow the candidate to train in appropriate research methodology and statistical procedures, and provide instruction, mentorship and experience in conducting a randomized trial of psychosocial treatments. Dr. Le Grange will engage in course work, workshops, controlled treatment trial research, and have ongoing mentorship from experts in the field. Through this award, the candidate will be able to build upon his prior experience as a participant in the conduct of controlled studies, put himself in a competitive position to apply for funding in the future, and establish himself as an independent treatment outcomes researcher. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY THERAPY MECHANISMS IN HIV+ WOMEN IN DRUG RECOVERY Principal Investigator & Institution: Mitrani, Victoria B.; Research Assistant Professor; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 30-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): This application proposes to investigate the family mechanisms by which Structural Ecosystems Therapy (SET; Mitrani et al, 2000) has its impact on HIV+ women in drug recovery. This proposed study is a companion to NIDA Grant DA15004 (SETA Protocol), which investigates the efficacy of SET in a clinical trial with HIV+ women who are in drug recovery. In the SETA Protocol, 176 women are randomly assigned to either SET or an HIV health group. The interventions last 4 months. SET works to transform the family system to reinforce sobriety, increase adherence with HIV medical care, and decrease sexual transmission risk behaviors in the target woman. The SETA Protocol only assesses the effect of SET on the recovering woman, not her family. Because SET targets changing the whole family as a means of helping the woman, we hypothesize that effects on the family as a whole (family functioning) and on individual family members will help to explain the woman's outcomes. The proposed study will enroll the women in the SETA Protocol and their families. A total of 528 family members are anticipated. Families are assessed at 4-month intervals for a period of 12 months. SET is hypothesized to affect family functioning (measured by self-report and observational methods). Changes in family functioning are

30

Family Therapy

hypothesized to affect the woman's drug abuse, HIV medication adherence, and HIV risk behaviors as well as the individual functioning of her family members (psychological distress, drug use and parent report of problem behaviors in children). The hypotheses will be tested using Latent Growth Curve Modeling. Understanding these mechanisms will facilitate the development of the next generation of family-based interventions for HIV+ women in drug recovery. This will be the first R01 award for this investigator. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY THERAPY OUTCOME FOR RUNAWAY ADOLESCENTS Principal Investigator & Institution: Slesnick, Natasha; Research Associate Professor; Psychology; University of New Mexico Albuquerque Controller's Office Albuquerque, Nm 87131 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 28-SEP-1998; Project End 31-AUG-2003 Summary: APPLICANT'S ABSTRACT: Runaway shelters document high levels of alcohol abuse amongst runaway youth; estimates range from 70% to 85%, with only 15% having ever received treatment for alcohol problems. Research suggests that this population may be unique in the range and intensity of associated problems, including high rates of suicide attempts, pregnancy, prostitution, comorbid diagnoses and criminality. The abuse and neglect experienced by these youth on the streets is compounded by societal neglect in addressing the needs of a population sorely requiring intervention. Shelters for runaways are overcrowded, and many shelters are not equipped to treat youth for alcohol, family and related problems beyond crisis intervention. Most studies to date have collected self-report data on the family and social history. Virtually no research has examined treatment effectiveness in this population. Given the void of treatment outcome research with these youths, and the high level of risk for health and psychological problems, there is a great need for identifying potent interventions. Although research supports the effectiveness of familybased interventions in reducing substance use among adolescents, systematic study of these approaches is sparse, especially when applied to runaway youth, a subpopulation of drinking adolescents. In this proposed work, runaway adolescents will be randomly assigned to: 1) an ecologically-focused, intensive, home-based approach; 2) a traditional office-based approach; or 3) "practice as usual" through the shelter. The efficacy of these approaches in reducing alcohol use, days reducing on the streets, and increasing family and psychological functioning in youth will be examined. Maintenance of treatment effects over time, as well as factors associated with treatment engagement and continuation, will be examined. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: FAMILY TREATMENT FOR POSTPARTUM DEPRESSION Principal Investigator & Institution: Battle, Cynthia L.; Butler Hospital (Providence, Ri) 345 Blackstone Blvd Providence, Ri 02906 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 23-SEP-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): This Mentored Patient-Oriented Research Career Development Award (K23) application is to support Dr. Battle's development as an independent research scientist with expertise in developing and evaluating psychosocial treatments for depressed childbearing women. Her emphasis will be on creating a comprehensive intervention that promotes positive outcomes not only for the depressed mother, but also for other family members, in particular the children who are at risk for

Studies

31

developmental problems. This area of research is important in light of the limited psychosocial treatment options currently available for depressed childbearing women, and the long-term negative consequences for children of depressed mothers. Dr. Battle's initial goal is to develop a family treatment for postpartum depression based on an existing, well-established model of family assessments and treatment, the McMaster Model of Family Functioning. Dr. Battle's training goals are to: 1) gain experience with treatment development, particularly family approaches to treating depression, 2) develop expertise treating and conducting research with depressed postpartum women, 3) improve skills in research design, methodology and ethics relevant to intervention research, 4) learn assessment techniques needed for evaluating child and maternal-child outcomes, 5) develop advanced statistical techniques relevant to clinical trials research, and 6) improve manuscript preparation and grant-writing skills. This training plan will be accomplished through 1) the resources available at Brown University Medical School; 2) high quality mentorship provided by Dr. Ivan Miller, Dr. Michael O-Hara, Dr. Ronald Seifer, and Dr. Teri Pearlstein; 3) completion of formal coursework, seminars and supervised clinical experiences; and 4) implementation of the proposed research project. As part of the career development award, Dr. Battle will complete a 5-year research plan focused on developing and evaluating the efficacy of the McMaster Family treatment for Postpartum Depression (MFTP). After an initial period of treatment development (Year 1), a randomized controlled pilot trial will be conducted between years 2-4, the findings from which will be used to further refine the treatment during a revision phase in year 5. Results from this research will be sued to justify an R01 application for a full-scale clinical trial to evaluate the efficacy of MFTP, which will be submitted during the final year of the award. This larger investigation will include more substantive assessment of child and family outcomes, building on the specialized training that Dr. Battle receives during the course of the K23 award. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY-BASED NUTRITION INTERVENTION FOR LATINO CHILDREN Principal Investigator & Institution: Killen, Joel D.; Associate Professor; Medicine; Stanford University Stanford, Ca 94305 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-2003; Project End 31-JUL-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): We propose to test the efficacy of an intervention designed to prevent obesity in low-income, Mexican American children. MexicanAmerican children are more obese than other minority groups in the U.S. population, and are the fastest growing minority group in the U.S.A. Poor dietary practices, especially food habits that are acquired as families acculturate to the American food supply, are thought to be associated with children's excess weight gain. We propose to conduct a randomized clinical trial in which 250 families receive family-based behavioral counseling (FBC) sessions and 250 families receive an active placebo control intervention. Mothers and their second or third grade children from sixteen low-wealth elementary schools will be randomized into either the treatment or control interventions. The purpose of the FBC sessions is to change children's food environment. Specifically, we intend to increase the amount of fruit and vegetables, and decrease the amount of high fat foods available to children in their homes. In addition, we will encourage parents to model healthy dietary practices for their children. Two intervention strategies, a video, "What's to Eat?" designed specifically for this population, and photographs of each family's food practices, taken by family members, will be used in the counseling sessions. The control intervention will consist of group

32

Family Therapy

sessions using a curriculum that adapts the standard nutrition recommendations to traditional Mexican-American foods. Community health advisors will conduct the both the FBC and control sessions. The primary outcome of the trial is children's BMI. The secondary outcome is household food supplies. We hypothesize that within a one year timeframe, children's whose mothers are exposed to the FBC will have lower BMI's compared to children whose mothers receive the active placebo control intervention. The mechanism through which we intend to change weight status is altering the type of foods available to children in their homes. Therefore, two household food inventories, one collected prior to and one after the family's payday will be used as secondary outcomes. In addition, mothers' reports of household food security level, food purchase motives, and family food interaction will be collected as covariates. Measurements will be collected within one month of completing the interventions and at six months and one year follow-ups. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY-BASED SUBSTANCE USE TREATMENT FOR RUNAWAY YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Thompson, Sanna J.; Ctr for Social Work Research; University of Texas Austin 101 E. 27Th/Po Box 7726 Austin, Tx 78712 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 15-JUL-2003; Project End 30-APR-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): The proposed Mentored Research Scientist Development Award (MRSDA) will extend training and experience in the field of substance abuse among runaway/homeless adolescents. Training goals include: (1) acquiring a broad knowledge base in adolescent addiction, (2) building competence in conducting family-based intervention strategies, (3) developing knowledge concerning cultural sensitivity in interventions with diverse ethnic groups, (4) collaborating with senior investigators, (5) acquiring specific skills in advanced multivariate statistics, (6) investigating methods for engaging and retaining adolescents and their families in treatment and pilot testing a family-oriented in-home intervention model and (7) publishing outcome research and submitting a research study (R01) of the family-based intervention developed from this research. Research project: The study will establish methodological feasibility for engaging and retaining youth and families in a familybased intervention model following a runaway shelter stay. This research study is divided into 3 phases: 1) a pilot investigation to refine four in-home sessions of a familybased in-home intervention with runaway youth discharged from services at a runaway youth emergency shelter in Texas, 2) a main study to recruit and engage substance using runaway youth and their families in a 12 session in-home intervention aimed at reducing substance use and other high risk behaviors among the youth upon discharge from shelter services, and 3) conducting post intervention and 3 month follow-up measurements to evaluate retention and outcomes. Parent and Youth Questionnaires will focus on individual demographics, family-level variables and youth and parent substance use. Retention rates will be monitored throughout the 12-week intervention period. The major goal is to determine feasibility for engaging and retaining runaway youth and their families in a family-based intervention to decrease youth substance use. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: FAMILY-BASED TREATMENT OF SEVERE PEDIATRIC OBESITY Principal Investigator & Institution: Marcus, Marsha D.; Professor; Psychiatry; University of Pittsburgh at Pittsburgh 350 Thackeray Hall Pittsburgh, Pa 15260

Studies

33

Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-JUL-2001; Project End 31-MAY-2005 Summary: (adapted from investigator's abstract) The prevalence of pediatric obesity has increased significantly and approximately 11 percent of American children and adolescents are obese. Of particular concern, the greatest increase in prevalence has occurred among the heaviest medical and psychosocial morbidity than milder obesity is. Moreover, severely obese children are likelier than less severely obese children are to be become obese adults and suffer the long term health consequences of obesity. Although the efficacy of family based behavioral weight control programs in the treatment of moderate pediatric obesity is well established, few studies have focused on the treatment of severe obesity. Thus in this application, we propose a randomized controlled trial to evaluate the efficacy of a family-based behavioral weight control program in the management of severe pediatric obesity. Two hundred children aged 812 will be randomized to a 6-month family-based program or usual care, and will complete assessments at pre- and post-treatment and 6 month and 12 month follow-ups. It is hypothesized that: Children who participate in the family based program, when compared to children who receive usual care, will report symptoms. A secondary aim of the proposed investigation is to examine the relationships among gender, race, compliance to diet and exercise, level of parent adherence and treatment outcome. The proposed investigation will gather data about a serious public health problem and establish a foundation for programmatic research to develop effective treatments for an underserved population. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FAMILY-FOCUSED ADOLESCENTS

PSYCHOEDUCATION

FOR

BIPOLAR

Principal Investigator & Institution: Miklowitz, David J.; Professor; Psychology; University of Colorado at Boulder Boulder, Co 80309 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 26-JUL-2001; Project End 30-JUN-2004 Summary: (provided by applicant): Early-onset bipolar disorder poses a major health risk to affected individuals. Adolescents with DSM-IV bipolar I disorder are at high risk for hospitalizations, social and academic deterioration, suicide, substance abuse, and pharmacological nonadherence. Treatment research for bipolar adolescents has lagged behind research for adults, particularly in the psychosocial arena. A promising psychosocial model is family-focused treatment (FFT), consisting of psychoeducation for the patient and relatives about bipolar disorder, communication enhancement training, and problem-solving training. In two randomized trials, FFT was found to be an efficacious adjunct to pharmacotherapy in the 2-year course of adult bipolar I disorder. We propose developing and standardizing a version of FFT that is attuned to the developmental needs of adolescent bipolar I patients, and testing its efficacy with pharmacotherapy at two centers of expertise in adult and pediatric-onset bipolar disorders: the Univ. of Colorado and the Univ. of Pittsburgh Medical Center. In Phase I (Colorado only), 12 bipolar I adolescents and parents will participate in an open trial of 9-month FF1, delivered according to a preliminary adolescent-focused manual (FFT-A) developed in feasibility testing. The adolescents will be treated with pharmacotherapy using a clinical management manual. Based on Phase 1, we will modify the FF1-A manual to maximize its developmental sensitivity and engagement of adolescents, and standardize therapist adherence and competence scales. In Phase 2 (Colorado), we will further revise and streamline the FF1-A model through incorporating the feedback of Phase I adolescents and parents, therapists, and psychiatrists. In Phase 3 (Colorado and Pittsburgh), we will conduct a pilot randomized trial (N = 50) of the streamlined FF1-A

34

Family Therapy

plus pharmacotherapy (n = 25) versus treatment-as-usual (TAU; an educational self-help workbook) plus pharmacotherapy (n = 25). Raters who are unaware of treatment assignments will assess patients' outcomes at baseline, 3, 6, 9, and 12 months. We hypothesize that FFT-A will be superior to TAU in improving adolescents' symptom trajectories, social/school functioning, and adherence to medication, and decreasing their need for ancillary health services. Secondary analyses will examine the impact of FFT-A on parents' mood states and subjective distress, and on other hypothesized mediating mechanisms: family expressed emotion, family interactional behavior, and social rhythm stability. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: FEASIBILITY OF A FAMILY TOBACCO CONTROL INTERVENTION Principal Investigator & Institution: Mc Bride, Colleen M.; Branch Chief and Senior Investigator; Community and Family Medicine; Duke University Durham, Nc 27710 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-MAR-2001; Project End 29-FEB-2004 Summary: Tobacco use, the leading cause of premature death and disability in the United States, is a significant family issue. Parental smoking negatively impacts children's health and increases their risk of becoming smokers; concerns about children are often cited as strong motivators for parental smoking cessation. Additionally, smoking parents do not want their children to smoke, yet are not confident they can prevent it. Children, aware of the harms of smoking, display negative behaviors, such as nagging and policing, towards the smoking behavior of adult loved ones. Proposed are pilot research activities to develop an innovative family-based intervention to encourage more effective communication and interactions between children and adult loved ones who smoke. The overarching objectives of the intervention are to increase adults' effectiveness in discouraging children from smoking and reciprocally, to increase children's effectiveness in encouraging adults to take steps towards smoking cessation. The specific aims are to: 1) develop a prototype of a self-directed intervention composed of activities to be engaged in together by third through fifth graders and chosen adult loved ones who smoke; 2) evaluate the most effective methods of recruitment, surveying and retention of participant dyads; 3) evaluate compliance with and short-term indicators of efficacy of the intervention. Focus groups with children and adult smokers will be conducted to guide development of the intervention materials. Draft intervention materials will be reviewed by representatives of the target groups using structured interviews. Fifty adult-child dyads will be recruited from a variety of community sources, with documentation of the success associated with each recruitment source. Thirty-five dyads will be randomized to receive the intervention and 15 to a no-intervention condition. Baseline and 4 month follow up surveys will be completed by all 50 dyads at survey centers located at familiar community facilities. Surveys will assess susceptibility to uptake of smoking among the children, type and level of motivation for cessation and cessation attempts among the adults; and communication about smoking for both the adults and children. Compliance with and response to the intervention will be assessed among those randomized to the intervention condition. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: FLORIDA NODE OF THE DRUG ABUSE CLINICAL TRIALS NETWORK Principal Investigator & Institution: Szapocznik, Jose; Professor and Director; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124

Studies

35

Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2000; Project End 31-AUG-2005 Summary: This is a proposal to establish the Florida Regional Node of the National Drug Abuse Treatment Clinical Trials Network (CTN). Four major research centers at the University of Miami have joined to provide the Regional Research and Training Center (RRTC) with their considerable clinical trials, multi-site, and drug abuse treatment expertise: Center for Family Studies, Comprehensive Drug Research Center, Center for Treatment Research on Adolescent Drug Abuse, and Behavioral Medicine Research Center. The Community Treatment Programs (CTPs) elected are among the largest and most respected in the State, representing the north(Gateway in Jacksonville), central (PAR in Tampa; Center for Drug Free Living in Orlando) and south (The Village in Miami; Spectrum in Broward County) pats of the State. They offer exceptional diversity of treatment modalities, ethnic profiles, and drug abusing and addicted populations. In the first year, The Florida Node has the capacity of serving up to 20,000 drug abusing and addicted patients. The Florida Node Steering Committee includes the leaders of the 5 CTPs, the P.I., and the Co-P.I/Operations Director. Each of the other teams also include RRTC and CTP representation: Clinical Trials Training and Implementation Monitoring, Concept Development, and Biostatistics/Data Management. In this partnership both the RRTC and the CTPs are eager to learn from each other, and eager to learn about efficacious treatment models that can be transported from other nodes to Florida's treatment programs. The Florida Node RRTC has developed and published efficacious family- based treatment models and brings considerable strength in family-based interventions with drug abusing populations (adolescent drug abusers, drug addicted new mothers, HIV+ women using drugs intermittently) and with HIV+ populations (HIV transmission prevention, family ecological therapy to improve individual and family functioning). The Node's interests in these areas range from transportability of interventions to statistical methodological issues in aggregating family data in longitudinal designs. Particular challenges to the work of the Florida Node include communication and collaboration across geographic distance. Facilitators include eagerness to provide quality services, interest in using outcome data to update state treatment funding policies, recognition of a zeitgeist in the state and the nation of accountability, and prior collaboration among the CTP under the New Century Institute umbrella to promote the group's treatment and research competence. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: HIV PREVENTION FOR YOUTH WITH SEVERE MENTAL ILLNESS Principal Investigator & Institution: Brown, Larry K.; Professor of Psychiatry; Rhode Island Hospital (Providence, Ri) Providence, Ri 029034923 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-MAY-2002; Project End 31-MAR-2007 Summary: Adolescents are at risk for HIV because of sexual and drug behavior initiated during this developmental period. One subgroup of adolescents at particular risk for HIV is those with severe mental illness (SMI). Parents and families play an important role in teenagers' sexual attitudes, behavior and contraceptive use. Parent-child communication about sexual topics and parental supervision are associated with delays in the onset of sexual activity, fewer pregnancies and sexual partners, more responsible sexual behavior, and increased condom use. This project will implement and evaluate interventions, adapted from our current efficacious intervention, for adolescents with severe mental illness who have had a psychiatric hospitalization within the past two years and are currently receiving outpatient mental health treatment. Family-based and adolescent-only interventions will be compared to a standard of care control group and

36

Family Therapy

their relative efficacies determined. Both interventions, based on the Social Personal Framework, will have a large focus on skills and attitudes of special relevance for adolescents with SMI. This project will be conducted at three sites (Rhode Island, Atlanta, and Chicago) and will include three group sessions of three hour duration each, with one booster session. The multi-site implementation will bring together investigators, with specific areas of expertise, who have a long history of successful research collaboration. The relative efficacy of the family-based intervention will be established by an increase in the self-report of condom use and a decrease in incident STD rates. Additional goals include improving parent-child sexuality communication and increasing parental monitoring to reduce risk behavior opportunity and to sustain the intervention effects. This study will produce a family-based intervention that will have utility with adolescents with SMI and their parents and is thus capable of impacting the large number of teens in outpatient mental health treatment. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: HOME BASED TREATMENT FOR DRUG USE IN EARLY ADOLESCENTS Principal Investigator & Institution: Bukstein, Oscar G.; Associate Professor; Psychiatry; University of Pittsburgh at Pittsburgh 350 Thackeray Hall Pittsburgh, Pa 15260 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): Disruptive behavior disorders (DBDs), which include Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder, Oppositional Defiant Disorder, and Conduct Disorder, are among the most robust risk factors for the development of the early onset type of substance abuse and dependence. However, manualized treatments that target early substance use and abuse, as well as the symptoms and impairments of the DBDs collectively, remain to be developed. The current Development/Exploratory (R21) research proposal seeks to develop a home-based behavioral intervention or Home Based Therapy (HBT) for early adolescents that halts the progressive development of the early onset substance abuse that is often associated with the DBDs. The proposal is composed of two study phases. Preliminary treatment development and standardization activities will occur in Phase I of the protocol in pilot work with 12 adolescents and their families. In Phase II, 36 patients with a DBD and sub-diagnostic use or abuse of one or more substances will be randomly assigned to treatment using either standard treatment for DBDs in this age group or the newly developed intervention. Treatment outcomes for the 24 patients assigned to receive the study intervention will then be compared to outcomes for the 12 patients assigned to receive standard treatment. The intervention includes three major components: (1) parent training in skills which have been shown to reduce oppositional behavior and conduct problems, including parent-adolescent communication skills, parent discipline practices and increased monitoring of adolescent behaviors; (2) home-based interventions with the adolescent designed to improve a range of skills typically deficient among teens with conduct, ADHD, and substance abuse problems (e.g., organizational skills, communication skills, problem-solving skills, relapse prevention, etc.); and (3) parentteenager negotiation training in family-based sessions to improve communication and problem-solving skills between parents and adolescent. These components will be administered through weekly sessions over 12 weeks with 3 monthly booster sessions over 12 subsequent weeks. These interventions are expected to improve not only substance abuse outcomes, but a range of impairments and symptoms associated with the DBDs and high risk for the early onset type of substance use disorder. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

Studies

•

37

Project Title: INTERVENTIONS FOR HIV+ MOTHERS WITH DRINKING PROBLEMS Principal Investigator & Institution: Gwadz, Marya; Scientist; National Development & Res Institutes Research Institutes, Inc. New York, Ny 100103509 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 22-SEP-2000; Project End 31-MAY-2005 Summary: (adapted from the applicant's abstract): Increasing numbers of women are infected with HIV, particularly ethnic minority mothers. Mothers living with HIV (MLH) must sustain high quality parenting while coping with a chronic or terminal illness. At least 30 percent of MLH experience problem drinking, which will significantly impair their abilities to meet parenting challenges, including those associated with HIV infection, and to negotiate safer sex and manage drug use. Building on successful intervention research; namely, a study we conducted with parents with AIDS (Rotheram, Lee & Gwadz, in submission); cognitive-behavioral interventions for alcohol abuse (NIAAA, 1995), and a project for families with alcohol-abusing parents of children aged 6-12 years (Aktan. Kumpfer, & Turner, 1996), the goal of this proposal is to design, implement, and evaluate over 24 months the "Family First" program, an intervention for MLH with problem-drinking who are raising adolescent children (aged 12-18 years). MLH (n=150) will be recruited from two clinical sites in New York City and randomly assigned to either: 1) the "Family First," intervention or 2) a Brief Video Intervention. Based on the Social Action Model (Ewart, 1991), the "Family First" intervention will be conducted in individual sessions with the MLH over two modules (total 17 sessions) that target: a) reducing or eliminating problem drinking/drug use; b) improving the quality of parenting, and secondarily, c) reducing sexual risk behavior. To evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention, the MLH will be assessed at 3, 6, 12, 18, and 24 months following recruitment. The intervention is anticipated to improve parenting monitoring, skills, and bonds; therefore, the adolescent children of the MLH (n=210) will also be assessed at recruitment, 6, 18, and 24 months. The project will contribute to the field in five major areas: I) a gender-tailored and culturally-appropriate intervention will be developed for MLH with alcohol problems, a group at higher risk for the negative effects of alcohol than men, and typically with sole responsibility for their children; 2) individual intervention sessions will be conducted which include only MLH and not their children (many of whom cannot attend an intervention because they have not been informed about the MLHs diagnosis); 3) the intervention targets mothers of adolescents and provides MLH with an opportunity to delay/prevent problem drinking, drug use, and risk behavior among their teens; 4) the impact of the theoretical constructs in the Social Action Model will be evaluated; and 5) the cost-effectiveness of the intervention will be assessed. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: MECHANISMS OF EFFECTIVE FAMILY CHANGE IN HIGH RISK YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Alexander, James F.; Psychology; University of Utah Salt Lake City, Ut 84102 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-APR-2004; Project End 31-MAR-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): This project focuses on pre-intervention risk factors and specific mechanisms of action which operate during the delivery of an empirically validated prevention intervention program (Functional Family Therapy: FFT) for high risk, indicated youth. Direct measurement of such mechanisms and the relationships between them, can enhance our understanding of the active ingredients of change. Of

38

Family Therapy

particular interest are processes that operate on a moment-by-moment basis and which predict if not mediate program outcomes. The factors studied consist of multi-source, multi-systemic measures in four domains: 1) Pre-intervention characteristics of the indicated youth and parent figure(s), family functioning, and demographic variables; 2) Program characteristics, i.e., the competence with which program content is delivered and its' relationship to interventionist experience; 3) Youth and parent immediate response to intervention content and process during the critical first phase of program delivery; and 4) Two levels of Program Outcome: Dropout versus program completion (program "dosage") and long-term outcome (one-year post intervention measures of youth targeted behaviors in drug and related behavioral realms). Program retention receives particular attention as a NIDA priority (NIDA, NIH, 1999 Publication #99-4180, p.3) which represents the ".variable with the most consistent relationship to positive outcome" (Williams & Chang et al., 2000). Analyses address two Specific Aims: Aims 1ad identify the relationships among the preintervention characteristics of youth, families, and interventionists, and their association with pre-intervention official criminal records and outcomes. These relationships will be examined using structural equations models with a sample of 480 families. Aims 2a-d examine mediating effects of intervention process on outcomes. Measures of intervention content and process include independent observer rating and coding of actual program delivery, allowing for the identification of immediate (microsequential) and longer transactional patterns. Analyses for Aim 2 use multi-group (engaged versus non-engaged) growth curve modeling preocedure with a sample of 240 families. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: MEDIATORS AND MODERATORS OF BSFT FOR ADOLESCENT DRUG USE Principal Investigator & Institution: Shoham, Varda; Associate Professor; Psychology; University of Arizona P O Box 3308 Tucson, Az 857223308 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 30-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): Brief Strategic Family Therapy (BSFT) is an empirically supported treatment for adolescent drug abuse. Previous research on this and other promising drug abuse treatments has focused largely on outcomes, giving little attention to how a treatment works (mediator questions) or for whom it may be especially beneficial (moderator questions). The main aims of this study involve testing theory-derived hypotheses about mediators and moderators (M&Ms) of BSFT's clinical effects. Based on family systems theory, we hypothesize that family functioning plays a critical mediating and moderating role in effective implementation of BSFT. Specifically, family change assessed during therapy should mediate effects of treatment (or BSFT intervention quality) on subsequent drug use outcomes, whereas family functioning assessed before therapy should moderate those effects, with BSFT proving most useful when prior family functioning is poor. Secondary aims are to compare the relative M&M contributions of observational v. self-report measures of family functioning, and to identify therapist characteristics and training processes that predict effective implementation of BSFT in community treatment programs. We propose to use an approved protocol in NIDA's Clinical Trials Network (CTN-0014) as a platform for testing M&M hypotheses about BSFT. The parent grant is a large randomized clinical trial (RCT) beginning later this year, in which BSFT will be compared to treatment as usual (TAU) for adolescent substance abuse in 14 community treatment programs around the country. The parent grant will fund standardized self-report assessments at baseline and for 12 months following the initiation of treatment, and the current grant

Studies

39

will fund additional, more intensive data collection based on direct observation of family and therapeutic interactions vital to testing M&M hypotheses. The latter includes (a) ratings of videotaped family interaction at baseline and 4 months for both treatment groups, coded according to the Structural Family Systems Rating scheme; and (b) ratings of therapist adherence/competence (intervention fidelity) in the first and fourth sessions of BSFT only. This CTN protocol affords a unique opportunity to study M&Ms both between treatments (capitalizing on randomization to BSFT and TAU) and within BSFT itself. Finally, because a substantial pool of therapists will also be randomized to treatments, the design provides a rare opportunity to study training processes related to effective treatment implementation. To this end we will collect supplementary data on skill-acquisition trajectories of the BSFT therapists as they progress through training and the clinical trial. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: MIDCARRER MENTORING AWARD: ADOLESCENT SUICIDE RESEARCH Principal Investigator & Institution: Spirito, Anthony; Professor of Psychiatry; Ctr for Alcohol & Addict Studs; Brown University Box 1929 Providence, Ri 02912 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-SEP-2000; Project End 31-AUG-2005 Summary: (Adapted from the Applicant's Abstract): This application for the K24 midcareer mentoring award in patient-oriented research is organized into 3 sections. In the first section, I describe my history of conducting patient-oriented research in 2 major areas: pediatric psychology and adolescent suicide. I have conducted research in the areas of pediatric asthma, sleep disorders, cancer, cystic fibrosis and developed a brief measure of coping which is widely used. I have also had a number of state, private, and federal grants to study the behavioral and psychological characteristics of adolescent suicide attempters. The last few years this programmatic research has been focused on how to improve treatment compliance and use structured treatment protocols for this high risk population. My career objectives are to conduct treatment research with high risk adolescent populations; in particular, adolescents with suicidal behavior and substance abuse problems. This award will contribute to my career objectives by relieving me of patient care duties and providing the time for additional training in substance abuse treatment. Opportunities for memorizing, which are ample due to Brown's strong postdoctoral training programs, are described in the second section. Three junior faculty are specifically identified to work under me on the proposed research project: a comprehensive, integrated, theoretically-based treatment protocol for the most high risk group of suicide attempters with comorbid substance abuse. In addition, two postdoctoral fellows will also work on this comprehensive intervention. In section three, the treatment program is presented. The premise of this protocol is that these high risk adolescents with comorbid substance abuse and suicidal behavior need multiple training opportunities in different circumstances - individual and family - to be able to effectively develop and positively appraise their problem-solving and affect management skills. An individual 14 session therapy protocol focusing on problemsolving and affect management is complemented by a 14 session family therapy protocol. These sessions will be conducted at the clinic or in home-based sessions. Similar skills are emphasized in both the individual and family sessions to reinforce skill retention. A substance use treatment protocol will be developed in the first 18 months of this application, piloted for an additional 6 months, and then integrated into the comprehensive treatment protocol. This integrated substance abuse/suicidal behavior treatment protocol will then be compared to the standard treatment protocol in a group

40

Family Therapy

of 50 adolescents with comorbid substance abuse/dependence and psychiatric symptomatology, including suicidal behavior, with outcome assessed at 6 and 12 month follow-up. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: MODERATORS AND MEDIATORS OF THERAPY FOR CONDUCT DISORDER Principal Investigator & Institution: Kazdin, Alan E.; Psychology; Yale University 47 College Street, Suite 203 New Haven, Ct 065208047 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-DEC-1998; Project End 30-NOV-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): The overarching goal of this study is to improve the effectiveness of treatment of children referred for Conduct Disorder. The study focuses on understanding how treatment produces changes (mediators) and factors that contribute to outcome (moderators). The model underlying the study is that therapeutic change is influenced by characteristics that children, parents, and families "bring with" them to treatment, by characteristics that emerge during the treatment process (e.g., alliance, adherence), and by the intervention and associated features (e.g., therapist behavior, characteristics). The proposed study focuses on the first two components and will: 1) identify child, parent, and family factors that contribute to therapeutic change and 2) test key processes during the course of treatment that explain therapeutic change. Children (N=200, ages 6-12, including European and African American families) referred to outpatient treatment and who meet diagnostic criteria for Conduct Disorder will participate. All children and parents will receive problem-solving skills training and parent management training as a combined treatment. The central predictions are that: 1) responsiveness to treatment will be influenced by child dysfunction and impairment, parent dysfunction and stress, and adverse family relations in the home and by initial parent expectancies about treatment processes and outcome, and 2) therapeutic change will be mediated by a positive parent-therapist relationship, few perceived parent barriers to treatment during treatment, and parent and child adherence and compliance with treatment. The study will also permit evaluation of the predictions across the two ethnicities. Apart from improving the effectiveness of treatment for Conduct Disorder, the study is intended to advance a heuristic model for child therapy research more generally. The model conceptualizes antecedents, emerging processes, and interventions as sources of influence on outcome. Also, the design of the study permits evaluation of processes and causal models to help explain the processes of change. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: NEW TREATMENT FOR CHRONIC TRAUMATIC STRESS IN CHILDREN Principal Investigator & Institution: Kiser, Laurel J.; Psychiatry; University of Maryland Balt Prof School Baltimore, Md 21201 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-APR-2004; Project End 31-MAR-2009 Summary: (provided by candidate): There is mounting evidence that children growing up in low-income urban environments are exposed to severe, ongoing trauma and develop symptoms of complex traumatic stress at disproportionate rates. Repeated exposure creates a complex set of reactions that occur before, during, and after traumatic events and carries long-term developmental risks. Although exposure to and effects of chronic trauma in children from low-income, urban environments has been labeled a public health concern, there is little empirical support for available treatments.

Studies

41

Modification of existing treatments or development of new treatments is necessary for improving the standard of care for this population. This application will prepare me to transition from clinician/administrator to interventions researcher with the goal of developing and testing treatments for this group of children. The proposed training and research agenda provide an opportunity to draw together and advance two areas that have strong theoretical foundations for strengthening child and family coping (trauma treatment and ritual/routine practice). Specific training goals involve acquiring new skills in biostatisties related to testing causal models, developing conceptual and methodological understanding of treatment development and testing, and gaining new tools for ensuring that the interventions developed are appropriate for the target population. Specific objectives of the research plan focus on development of a family skills-based intervention, but allow me to gain the knowledge and skills necessary to create a range of interventions (for families, schools, neighborhoods) and thus, accomplish my long-term goals. The research plan comprises two phases. The initial phase uses a cross sectional design to examine a theoretical model linking symptoms of chronic traumatic stress with a specified mechanism of change (constructive use of family rituals). Phase I includes a qualitative sub-study to further explore the ritual and routine practice of minority families dealing with the major stressors and traumas associated with urban poverty. Phase II is designed to produce a skill-building intervention, focused on the specified family ritual dimensions determined in Phase I, for families of children exhibiting symptoms of complex traumatic stress. This phase includes an open trials pilot to demonstrate feasibility of implementation. The proposed research provides preliminary data for an R34 application and lays the foundation for future R01applications. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: OPTIMIZING ADHERENCE AND GLYCEMIA IN YOUTH WITH NEW IDDM Principal Investigator & Institution: Laffel, Lori M.; Chief, Pediatric Adolescent Init; Joslin Diabetes Center Boston, Ma 02215 Timing: Fiscal Year 2001; Project Start 01-AUG-1993; Project End 30-NOV-2004 Summary: The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT) heightened awareness of the critical importance of near-normal glycemic levels for preventing the complications of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM). However, for youth with IDDM, difficulties with adhering to the complex treatment regimen often interferes with optimal control. In the investigators' current work, they have implemented an outpatient, office-based family intervention to promote adolescent adherence and optimal control through the process of increased parental involvement with diabetes management tasks. To date, they have demonstrated (1) a significant positive impact of the intervention on metabolic control in patients with short duration of diabetes (less than 4 years), (2) significantly less deterioration in parent involvement in insulin tasks in families receiving the intervention, and (3) that increasing parent-adolescent sharing in the tasks of diabetes management did not increase family conflict. The research plan proposed builds on this promising approach, as well as on two areas of relevant theory and research which also support intervening early in the disease course. First, crisis intervention theories define an initial period of heightened susceptibility to behavioral interventions following a crisis such as the diagnosis of IDDM. Second, longitudinal studies of youth newly diagnosed with IDDM have demonstrated that adherence deteriorates over the first 4 years of diabetes and then seems to "track", with children showing remarkable consistency in glycemic control as well as adherence over a decade

42

Family Therapy

of diabetes. The overall aim of this research is to study the impact of an outpatient Family Team Intervention on glycemic and adherence outcomes in 8-16 year olds during the first 4 years of IDDM. The proposed research will build on the investigators' current work and it is designed to assess whether the Team Intervention is superior to simple attention alone, or to routine medical care. This economical intervention may be generalized to a broad range of provider settings to help launch a new generation of patients with diabetes on a "track" of optimal metabolic control and healthy adherence behaviors. The proposed research will determine the effectiveness of the Team Intervention on medical and behavioral outcomes and is targeted to recently diagnosed youth during the early years following diagnosis before behavior patterns of patient and family become resistant to change. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: PARENT TRAINING AND COUPLES THERAPY FOR DRUG ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Fals-Stewart, William S.; Senior Research Scientist; None; State University of New York at Buffalo Suite 211 Ub Commons Buffalo, Ny 14228 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 15-AUG-2003; Project End 30-APR-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): A significant body of research indicates that preadolescent children who are raised by substance-abusing parents often manifest substantial emotional, behavioral, and social problems. Despite this, most custodial parents who enter treatment for substance abuse are very reluctant to allow their children to be involved in any type of psychosocial intervention, regardless of whether it be individual treatment for the child or as part of family therapy. Thus, interventions for substance-abusing parents that do not involve their children, which nonetheless serve to improve the family environment as a whole, may actually hold the most potential for improving the psychosocial adjustment of children who live in these homes. Moreover, such interventions may help prevent the poor outcomes often observed in these high risk children as they enter adolescence and early adulthood. Results of a recent study conducted by our investigative team indicate children whose substance-abusing fathers and nonsubstance-abusing mothers participated in Behavioral Couples Therapy (BCT) displayed higher psychosocial adjustment at posttreatment and during an extended posttreatment follow-up period than children whose substanceabusing fathers participated in treatment-as-usual or whose parents participated in a couples-based attention control treatment. These encouraging findings suggest BCT has significant effects on the family that extend beyond the couple to their children, even though (a) the children themselves were not actively involved in treatment, (b) parent skills training was not a component of the treatment, and (c) parenting issues were not discussed during the course of BCT. It is plausible, however, that the effects of BCT for parents on their on children may be enhanced further if parent training is integrated into the couples therapy intervention. Thus, the purpose of the Stage II investigation is to conduct a longitudinal randomized clinical trial to examine the clinical effects of a new, hybrid treatment, Parent Skills Training plus BCT (PSBCT) compared to (a) standard BCT; (b) Parent Training only (PT); and (c) Treatment-As-Usual (TAU). More specifically, married or cohabiting substance-abusing fathers and nonsubstance-abusing mothers (N = 216 couples) entering outpatient treatment who live with and parent one or more preadolescent children will be recruited for the study. Participants in the treatment conditions will be compared in terms of children's adjustment, fathers' substance use, and family and relationship functioning. Extensive cost, cost-benefit, and cost-effectiveness comparisons will also be conducted. As a new treatment targeted at

Studies

43

substance-abusing patients and their children, PSBCT could potentially have broad and prolonged effects that extend beyond the patients seeking treatment for substance abuse to the children under their care. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: PARENTING INTERVENTION FOR SPANISH-SPEAKING LATINOS Principal Investigator & Institution: Domenech Rodriguez, Melanie M.; Psychology; Utah State University 1415 Old Main Hill Logan, Ut 843221415 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-MAY-2003; Project End 30-APR-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): My goal is to pursue a research career in an academic setting with a substantive focus on preventive behavioral interventions with families. In particular, I am interested in developing preventive interventions for Spanish-speaking Latino (SSL) families who have children at risk for externalizing problem behaviors. Past training has provided me with a foundation in conducting quantitative research, and research with culturally diverse groups, however, there has been little emphasis on intervention research and the accompanying multiple method assessments, and evaluation components. The central aims of this proposed Research Career Award will be to (1) receive advanced training in the tools of preventive intervention research so that I may develop into an independent investigator, (2) receive advanced training in behavioral family interventions, and (3) lay the foundation for a program of research focusing on delivering and evaluating culturally appropriate parenting interventions with Spanish-speaking Latino families. The performance site will be at Utah State University, and the training mentor will be Dr. Marion Forgatch at the Oregon Social Learning Center. Dr. Forgatch will provide training in behavioral family intervention, and multiple method assessment of preventive intervention trials as well as mentorship in community interface to deliver preventive interventions in hard to reach populations and communities. Dr. Forgatch will serve as the primary mentor and will coordinate my career development activities. Under her guidance, I will work to (1) apply the Parent Management Training intervention with a Spanish-speaking Latino population, (2) adapt measurements that will be valid, sensitive to changes, and predictive of child outcomes in a SSL population, (3) adapt the methodological framework so that it is appropriate for studying interventions with SSL populations, and (4) continue training to strengthen existing skills and continue acquiring new skills needed to conduct sound mental health intervention research. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: PREVALENCE OF USE AND EFFICACY OF FAMILY INTERVENTION Principal Investigator & Institution: Terhaar, Edward J.; None; Gonzaga University 502 Boone Ave E Spokane, Wa 99258 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2002; Project End 28-SEP-2004 Summary: (provided by applicant) Five principal strategies of family intervention have been identified in the drug and alcohol treatment literature. A small number of studies have concluded that various of these family intervention strategies (FIS) are effective in engaging and retaining resistant people in drug and alcohol treatment. But, these studies comprised very few agencies and a small sample of counselors. They may have reflected how effective FIS can be, but did not quantify the actual prevalence of use and efficacy of FIS in the field. Quantifying the use and efficacy of FIS will yield clinical and service system data necessary for optimal use of FIS. This knowledge can enhance effective decision-making regarding resource allocation, staff and policy development,

44

Family Therapy

as well as clinical determinations by counselors. This study will be the first to examine FIS in the field. Three research questions need to be answered. First, what is the prevalence of use of FIS? A survey to all certified drug and alcohol treatment agency directors in Washington, Oregon and Idaho will be used to build a database of availability of this service. The survey will also inquire of counselors at non-state certified agencies who provide family intervention services in each geographic area and estimates of how often FIS is conducted, A second survey to all identified intervention counselors, whether affiliated with certified or non-certified agencies will inquire of their experience and education, which of five strategies of intervention identified in the literature each employs, an estimate of the frequency of use, and again inquire of intervention counselors at noncertified agencies. From this family intervention counselor database, a random sample of intervention counselors will be contracted with to track the process and outcome of FIS cases for up to 4 months. Monthly stipends will be paid to the counselors for submitting data, either on paper or via the Internet, from interventions conducted. Safeguards will be employed to prevent and guard against Hawthorne effects. With data collected from the field, question one can be further validated and two questions of efficacy can be answered. First, "What is the efficacy of intervention in the field as measured by rates of engagement into drug and alcohol treatment and treatment retention as measured with 60 day treatment follow-up?" And second, "What counselor, agency, intervention recipient (including HIV), and family variables predict successful engagement and retention in treatment for each of five family intervention strategies?" Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: PREVENTING HOSPITALIZATION FOR ANOREXIA NERVOSA Principal Investigator & Institution: Lock, James D.; Associate Professor; Psychiatry and Behavioral Sci; Stanford University Stanford, Ca 94305 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-SEP-1998; Project End 31-JUL-2003 Summary: (Adapted from the Applicant's Abstract): The overall aim of this application is to enhance the applicant's skills in clinical research through a program combining education, mentoring, and the completion of a controlled clinical trial. The objective of the controlled trial is to compare the outcome of adolescent patients with anorexia nervosa (AN) treated with intensive outpatient family therapy designed to reduce hospitalization, compared to a comparison group of adolescents with AN who receive less intensive outpatient family therapy. The intention is to test the effectiveness of intensive outpatient management as a potential alternative to hospitalization, to investigate factors predicting outcome, and provide information about the relative costeffectiveness of more intensive compared to less intensive care. The candidate s major goal is to develop his research capacities in clinical child psychiatry with a focus on the populations treated in a clinical pediatric psychiatry program. At the end of the award period, the candidate expects to 1) possess the skills necessary to be an independent investigator in the mental health of children; 2) to have received funding as an independent investigator; and 3) to become a leader in the scientific study of patients with illnesses on the interface of pediatrics and psychiatry. The research focus of this application is on outcome and service-related issues in adolescents with AN. The candidate s broad career goal is to integrate clinical research on outcomes and service research into ongoing clinical and administrative activities in this area. In addition to the research activity, the candidate will participate in graduate course work in the School of Medicine s Department of Health Care Policy and Research and the Department of Psychiatry in the ethical conduct of research and the economics of health care. He will

Studies

45

also take courses in the Departments of Psychology, Statistics, and Education at Stanford University in statistical and research methods related to behavioral sciences research. He will also participate in seminars and tutorials with identified educational consultants in areas related to his planned research. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: PREVENTING TREATMENT ATTRITION IN CHILD THERAPY Principal Investigator & Institution: Nock, Matthew K.; Psychology; Yale University 47 College Street, Suite 203 New Haven, Ct 065208047 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-MAR-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2002 Summary: (Adapted from the Applicant?s Abstract): Dropping out of mental health services is a significant problem for children and their families, as 40-60% of those who begin mental health treatment terminate prematurely. Attrition from psychotherapy is an issue that raises broad concerns for both research and clinical practice, and often leads to adverse methodological, clinical, and financial outcomes. Previous work on attrition from treatment has focused primarily on identifying pre-treatment predictors of dropout, and has generally failed to address the question of why families terminate treatment prematurely or to develop effective programs for reducing the rate of attrition. The main goal of this research project is to test a theoretically informed attrition prevention program in a sample of 115 aggressive and antisocial children and their families seeking treatment at a university-based outpatient clinic. The present study will use a randomized, controlled design and will assess factors related to treatment attrition and participation, as well as therapeutic progress, throughout the study period. The specific aims of this project are to (1) examine if the prevention program decreases the rate of attrition from treatment and increases treatment participation, (2) examine whether the program leads to better therapeutic progress, and (3) examine whether changes in parents? perceptions of "barriers-to-treatment" (e.g., stressors, obstacles) will predict attrition. This project will extend the current research on attrition in several ways, and will provide important data about the mechanisms involved in attrition, as well as information about techniques that may be useful in reducing attrition from child therapy. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: PREVENTION FOR INFANTS OF LOW-INCOME DEPRESSED MOTHERS Principal Investigator & Institution: Cicchetti, Dante; Clinical/Social Psychology; University of Rochester Orpa - Rc Box 270140 Rochester, Ny 14627 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-FEB-2004; Project End 31-JAN-2009 Summary: (provided by applicant): This longitudinal investigation will evaluate the relative efficacy of two theoretically-informed approaches to preventing maladaptation, a depressotypic developmental organization, and emergent psychopathology in young offspring of low-income depressed mothers. Research participants will include 260 mothers and their infants; 195 mothers will have a current major depressive disorder and 65 demographically comparable mothers will have no lifetime history of mental disorder. All families will be at or below the federal poverty level. Depressed mothers and their infants will be randomly assigned to 1 of 3 treatment conditions: 1) Interpersonal Psychotherapy (IPT) for 4 months followed by an attention control for 8 months; 2)IPT for 4 months followed by Infant-Parent Psychotherapy (IPP) for 8 months; and 3) Enhanced Community Standard (ECS) treatment for depression, involving

46

Family Therapy

facilitated referrals for standard interventions in the community. Baseline assessments will be conducted when infants are 12 months old, with subsequent re-assessments when infants are 14, 16, 24, 36, and 48 months of age. Assessments will measure three major areas: 1) Maternal depressive symptomatology and Major Depressive Disorder (MDD) diagnosis, social role functioning, support, and home contextual features; 2) the quality of the mother-child relationship and affective features of parenting; and 3) child functioning, stage-salient issues, and stress-reactivity. Longitudinal comparisons of the two active preventive intervention groups (IPT and IPT/IPP) with the ECS and nondisordered groups will be used to determine: 1) whether IPT and IPT/IPP are efficacious in reducing maternal depressive symptomatology and MDD relapse through the child's age of four; 2) whether treatment targeted on maternal depression is sufficient to alter the developmental course in offspring; and 3) whether intervention directly focused on the mother-child relationship also is necessary to promote positive outcomes and reduce risk for maladaptation and psychopathology in young offspring of depressed mothers. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: PREVENTION OF DEPRESSION IN LATINO PARENTS Principal Investigator & Institution: Cardemil, Esteban V.; Psychology; Clark University (Worcester, Ma) 950 Main Street Worcester, Ma 01610 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-AUG-2002; Project End 31-JUL-2007 Description (provided by applicant): This application is a request for a Scientist Development Award for New Minority Faculty (K01) that will enable Dr. Cardemil to continue to develop his programmatic line of research in the prevention of depression in Latinos. Depression is among the most prevalent of the major psychiatric disorders in the general population, and emerging evidence suggests that members of low-income racial/ethnic minorities may be particularly at-risk for its development. Research that develops and evaluates programs designed to prevent the development of depression in low-income racial/ethnic minorities may prove especially beneficial. Dr. Cardemil's training goals are to (1) broaden his conceptual knowledge in researching the prevention and treatment of depression, (2) enhance his experience with family- and child assessments and interventions for depression, (4) improve his methodological skills in order to effectively conduct large-scale randomized prevention trials, (5) acquire experience developing and evaluating a therapist-training program, (6) improve his statistical skills in order to more effectively evaluate longitudinal outcome data, and (7) improve his grant- and publication-writing skills. These training goals will be achieved through (1) the resources available at the Brown University Medical School, (2) the high quality of mentorship provided by Dr. Ivan Miller, Dr. Ricardo Mufioz, and Dr. Ronald Seifer, and the expertise of the assembled consultant team, (3) focused coursework and clinical experiences, and (4) the proposed research project. The proposed research project extends the natural progression of Dr. Cardemil's current depression prevention work under the auspices of a NRSA F32 fellowship. The F32 project is a cognitivebehavioral depression prevention program for low-income Latino parents that integrates 6 group-based interventions with 2 family-based interventions: the Family Coping Skills Program (FCSP). The specific research aims of this application are to (1) implement a randomized clinical trial to evaluate the efficacy of the FCSP on Latino parents using both interviewer and self-report measures, (2) in an exploratory fashion, evaluate the effects of the FCSP on the family-level functioning in a subsample of the participants using both interviewer and self-report measures, (3) in an exploratory fashion, evaluate the effects of the FCSP on the children of a subsample of participants

Studies

47

using both interviewer and self-report measures, and (4) develop and evaluate a therapist-training program for the efficacious delivery of the FCSP. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: PREVENTION OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE IN HIGH RISK ADHD CHILDREN Principal Investigator & Institution: Greene, Ross W.; Massachusetts General Hospital 55 Fruit St Boston, Ma 02114 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-MAY-2000; Project End 30-APR-2005 Summary: (Applicant's Abstract) This is an application for a Mentored Clinical Scientist Development Award with a focus on developing expertise in designing and evaluating early interventions for children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) at risk for later substance use disorders (SUDs). While research has shown that children with ADHD are at heightened risk for SUDs, it has been difficult to identify characteristics of children with ADHD that are associated with subsequent SUDs. However, recent studies by the candidate and his colleagues have identified "social disability" as a major risk factor for later SUDs in children with ADHD (after controlling for well-known risk factors such as conduct disorder, mood disorders, aggression, and severity of ADHD). Thus, social disability provides a mechanism for early identification of children with ADHD at greatest risk for later SUDs and affords the opportunity for early prevention efforts. Research Plan: The candidate proposes to refine and test an intervention for 8-10 year old socially disabled children with ADHD for the purpose of preventing later substance use and abuse. The 12-week intervention is intended as a departure from traditional consequence-oriented approaches emphasizing compliance, and will instead focus on reducing adversarial parent-child interactions, improving family communication and problem-solving, and training children in lacking skills in a manner that is matched to each child's individual needs and conducted in a familytherapy context to promote maintenance and generalization. It will be tested in a randomized controlled trial with proximal (3-month) and long-term (3-year) follow-up assessment. Environment: The proposed study will be based at the Massachusetts General Hospital and will complement a program of training, and supervised research under the mentorship of Joseph Biederman, MD and Co-Sponsorship of Timothy E. Wilens, MD, with consultation from experts in the areas of social impairment, childhood psychopathology, and assessment and prevention of SUDs. Career development plan: The candidate proposes to develop further expertise in the assessment and prevention of substance use disorders, on assessment of child psychopathology and social dysfunction, and in statistical approaches for analysis of complex longitudinal data. Coursework at the Harvard School of Public Health and tutorials in intervention research design, statistical methods, and methodology for longitudinal follow-up will complement supervision by the consultants. The candidate hopes to develop a critical fund of knowledge in SUDs, social impairment, child psychopathgology. prevention research, and statistical methodology which will lav the foundation for future independent investigation of intervention strategies for high-risk children. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: PROGRAMMATIC RESEARCH ON FAMILIES AND ADDICTION Principal Investigator & Institution: O'farrell, Timothy J.; Professor of Psychology; Psychiatry; Harvard University (Medical School) Medical School Campus Boston, Ma 02115

48

Family Therapy

Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-JAN-1997; Project End 31-MAY-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): The overall aim of the proposed Research Career Award is to free the candidate from clinical and administrative duties so that he may devote nearly full-time to continue and develop further his programmatic research on family treatment and family processes among individuals with alcoholism and other drug problems. Family-involved treatments for alcohol and drug problems have substantial evidence for their effectiveness as documented in recent reviews. Family processes affect and are affected by the course and treatment outcome of addictions, and processes within families troubled by addiction are linked to some of our most urgent societal problems. This application has two specific aims: (1) the aims for research on family treatment are to conduct a randomized clinical trial evaluating behavioral family counseling and naltrexone with opioid dependent patients and to complete work currently in progress; and (2) the aims for research on family processes are to describe the natural history and to explore explanations of male-to-female violence among female alcoholics and their male partners and to complete work currently in progress on domestic violence among male alcoholic patients. Career development activities will include (1) consultation from leading experts about adding a focus on the functioning of children to the candidate's couple/family treatment outcome research and to his longitudinal research on domestic violence; and (2) a course on the responsible conduct of research. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: PROMOTING ADHERENCE TO TREATMENT IN SCHIZOPHRENIA Principal Investigator & Institution: Kopelowicz, Alex J.; Professor; None; University of California Los Angeles 10920 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1200 Los Angeles, Ca 90024 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 25-SEP-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): This R01 grant proposal is a revised version of a response to PA-00-016 "Research on Adherence to Interventions for Mental Disorders." The project (a) evaluates a culturally adapted, family-based intervention designed to promote treatment adherence among Mexican-Americans with schizophrenia using a randomized, controlled design in a public mental health setting, and (b) tests hypotheses about the applicability of Ajzen's theory of planned behavior (TPB), the conceptual foundation for the intervention's key constructs, to the study of treatment adherence. This conceptual model was selected for study because its emphases on the important roles of subjective norms and perceived behavior control are highly germane to the study population and to the proposed intervention. Mexican-Americans with schizophrenia and their families will be entered into the study during a psychiatric hospitalization and followed after discharge for two years. Subjects will be randomly assigned to either: 1) one year of multiple family groups that emphasize the importance of attitudes towards adherence, subjective norms, and self-perceived and actual adherence skills in maintaining adherence, added to ongoing customary outpatient care; 2) one year of standard multiple family groups added to customary outpatient care; or 3) customary outpatient care only (monthly pharmacotherapy sessions and additional services as clinically needed). Evaluations will be made at baseline and every four months for two years of actual adherence behaviors (using a multi-dimensional approach that integrates behavioral measures with multiple informants), and of the postulated mediating factors based.on the project's theoretical model: intentions to adhere to treatment; decision-making processes used to arrive at this intention; perceived subjective norms (i.e., perceptions regarding their relatives' preferences regarding treatment adherence; real and perceived ability to acquire, maintain, and

Studies

49

utilize treatment adherence skills; attitudes towards the illness and its treatment; levels of psychopathology, and other important outcomes (e.g., social functioning, quality of life, relapse and rehospitalization rates). Key relatives will be assessed during those same time frames to determine their understanding of how and why they influence the patient's actions; their attitudes towards their mentally ill relative; their knowledge and views of schizophrenia; their roles as collaborating participants in the treatment process; and their expectations with regard to their relative's treatment and recovery. The results will advance the understanding of the factors that affect adherence to treatment for Mexican, Americans with schizophrenia, and, if the treatment were effective, would add a new tool for improving treatment adherence in this population. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: REDUCING HIV RISK AMONG MEXICAN YOUTH Principal Investigator & Institution: Villarruel, Antonia M.; Associate Professor; None; University of Michigan at Ann Arbor 3003 South State, Room 1040 Ann Arbor, Mi 481091274 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2001; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: (Provided by applicant): Adolescent sexually transmitted HIV infection is a growing and significant problem in Mexico. The broad objective of this project is to test the efficacy of a theory-based intervention, designed to reduce the adolescents' risk of sexually transmitted HIV. In the proposed randomized controlled trial, families [adolescents (n=936), 14 to 17 years of age and one of their parents] will be recruited from school and community settings and randomly assigned to (a) an HIV riskreduction intervention or (b) a general health promotion control condition. Adolescents assigned to the HIV risk reduction intervention will receive an intervention developed for US Latino adolescents and tailored for Mexican youth; their parent will receive similar content and also content to improve parent-adolescent communication. Adolescents assigned to the control condition will receive information that focuses on other behavior-linked diseases including cancer, and diabetes; their parent will receive similar content. Interventions will be structurally similar. This research is based on an ecodevelopmental framework and considers individual, microsystem, and macrosystem influences on HIV sexual risk behavior. Adolescent data will be collected preintervention, immediately post-intervention, and at 3, 6, and 12 month follow-ups. Adolescent outcome measures include self-reported HIV risk-associated sexual behavior and hypothesized mediators of intervention effects (i.e. attitudes, beliefs, subjective norms, self-efficacy, and behavioral intentions). Parental outcome measures include comfort with, content, and frequency of parent-adolescent communication. Repeated measures analysis of variance, planned contrasts, multiple regression, and logistic regression analysis will be performed to address 4 Specific Aims: First, does the HIV risk-reduction intervention reduce self-reported HIV risk-associated sexual behavior compared with the control condition? Second, are the intervention's effects moderated by key individual (preintervention sexual experience, gender, age), microsystem (family communication) and macrosystem (Mexican cultural values)? Third, do theory-based mediators explain the intervention's effects on self-reported behavior? Fourth, does the parental component of the HIV risk-reduction intervention increase the amount and comfort with parental communication as compared with the control intervention? This study builds upon the investigative teams' prior research conducting randomized controlled interventions for US Latino and African-American adolescents and is an important contribution in curbing the increasing threat of HIV among Mexico's youth. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

50

•

Family Therapy

Project Title: RUPP-PI AT DUKE Principal Investigator & Institution: Wells, Karen C.; Psychiatry; Duke University Durham, Nc 27710 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 05-AUG-2002; Project End 31-JUL-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): The overriding scientific goal of this application for Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology and Psychosocial Interventions (RUPP-PI) is to provide reliable estimates of mental health outcomes in mentally ill children and adolescents treated with widely used single and combined psychosocial and drug treatments for which randomized evidence is absent. The pragmatic goal of the application is to make the case that Duke University is ideally suited to participate in RUPP-PI. To meet these linked goals, we structured the application as follows: First, we define our specific aims in the context of the goals of the RFA. Second, we summarize the literature on the treatment of mentally ill youth, pointing out gaps in the literature that justify our specific aims. Third, we document the exceptional expertise and leadership experience that Duke brings to RUPP-PI. We specifically highlight our capability in research design, trials management, psychometrics, family and individual CBT, psychopharmacology, and, most importantly, our ability to work collaboratively on multidisciplinary, multicenter comparative treatment trials. Fourth, we propose a research protocol designed to illustrate our expertise in trial design and to point toward our relatively unique experience in evidence-based family therapy. Our work in the RUPP fluvoxamine anxiety trial suggests that partial responders to SSRI trials are not uncommon. Work by us and others suggests that the addition of a family treatment component to individual CBT improves outcomes in children with internalizing disorders. In this context, we propose to use a balanced 5 (site) by 3 (treatment) by 6 (repeated measures) experimental design to answer the following question: "In children and adolescents age 7-14 with separation, generalized or social anxiety who are partial responders to an SSRI, does the addition of CBT or CBT/FAM as compared to continued treatment with the SSRI (cSSRI) improve anxiety and functional outcomes acutely and at 6 month follow-up." Fifth, we propose several mechanisms to accomplish the training aim in the RFA. Finally, we document our willingness to work with other sites in selecting trial(s) to run on RUPP-PI and, in so doing, highlight the senior leadership and communication skills that we bring to RUPP-PI, skills that are critical to insuring that network members come together as stakeholders for the chosen scientific agenda. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: SELF SCHIZOPHRENIA

MANAGEMENT

THERAPY

FOR

YOUTH

WITH

Principal Investigator & Institution: Schepp, Karen G.; Psychosocial & Community Hlth; University of Washington Grant & Contract Services Seattle, Wa 98105 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 10-APR-1998; Project End 31-JAN-2005 Summary: (Adapted from Applicant's Abstract): This five-year nursing study targets adolescents with DSM-IV diagnosed schizophrenia. The purpose is to test the effectiveness of a family centered, community-based, self management intervention for these adolescents between the ages of 15 and 18 years. The primary aim is to test the effectiveness of the intervention in improving the adolescents' level of functioning in role performance, thinking/cognitive processing, behavior towards others, mood, and use of substances. The second aim is to assess the impact of the intervention on family functioning. The third aim is to describe the relationships among the process variables of the intervention. Nakagawa-Kogan's self-management nursing model, Kanfer's self-

Studies

51

regulation theory, and Liberman's theory of stress and vulnerability provide the theoretical basis for the self management intervention developed specifically for a population with deficits in cognitive processing. The intervention involves training in symptom awareness, stress management skills, problem-solving, and social skills. Parents and siblings are included to gain knowledge and skills to support the adolescents. The study is a randomized two-group experimental design with repeated measures. The subjects are 144 adolescents who meet the DSM-IV criteria when screened with the K-SADS and the DISA. The adolescent's level of functioning will be assessed using the Child and Adolescent Functional Assessment Scale, the Birchwood Early Signs & Symptoms Scale for schizophrenia, and the DISA. Family Functioning is assessed by computing a Composite Family Functioning Index using weighted scores from the FACES II, Family Apgar, Family Empowerment, and Family Social Support scales. One parent will be designated by the family to be the family respondent on the scales. The adolescents are referred to the study by mental health professionals. The intervention is administered in small multiple-family groups in 12 sessions over 7-1/2 months. Data are collected at 4 points in time: at baseline, after 6 intensive sessions, after 6 monthly reinforcement sessions, and 6 months post-intervention. ANCOVA will be used to test the study hypotheses. Multivariate relationships will be examined among the process variables of the intervention. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: SUBSTANCE OUTCOMES FOR YOUTH IN PSYCHIATRIC CRISIS Principal Investigator & Institution: Halliday-Boykins, Colleen A.; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; Medical University of South Carolina P O Box 250854 Charleston, Sc 29425 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 15-AUG-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): The current application addresses two NIDA/NIMH priorities: 1) the applicant is a new investigator, and 2) the application is in response to the RFA "The Impact of Child Psychopathology and Childhood Interventions on Subsequent Drug Abuse." This new investigator proposes to conduct secondary analyses on a data set of youths approved for emergency psychiatric hospitalization and followed for 2.5 years. Data for the proposed secondary analyses were collected on an NIMH-funded randomized clinical trial of Multi-systemic Therapy (MST) as an alternative to psychiatric hospitalization (MH51852, Henggeler, PI). The data from this trial provide an excellent opportunity to address the key questions posed by the RFA (i.e., to examine the relationship between childhood psychopathology and behavior problems and later substance use disorders, and to examine the impact of childhood mental health interventions on modifying risk for subsequent substance use disorders) for several reasons: (1) Data were collected on 156 youths with significant psychopathology. (2) Data were collected at six points in time during the 2.5-year window, when many participants initiated substance use and escalated substance use. (3) This study employed an extensive substance use/abuse measurement battery, including substance use disorder diagnosis, self-reported drug use, urine drug screens, substance abuse service utilization, and substance-related arrests. (4) Retention was close to 100% throughout the study. (5) A wealth of other outcome measures was collected, including measures of youth psychopathology, caregiver substance use and psychiatric symptoms, family functioning, school attendance, mental health service utilization and official arrest data. (6) MST favorable mental health and substance outcomes in this trial support the logic of examining the degree to which psychopathology mediates or moderates MST effects on substance use/abuse. Aim 1. To

52

Family Therapy

identify factors linked to the initiation and progression of substance use and the development of abuse among youths presenting with serious mental health problems. Aim 2. To examine the direction of effects between psychopathology and substance use/abuse. Aim 3. To examine the effects of MST on substance use/abuse, and to explore the degree to which psychopathology mediates and moderates any effects. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: TESTING ALCOHOL BEHAVIORAL COUPLES THERAPY FOR WOMEN Principal Investigator & Institution: Mccrady, Barbara S.; Clinical Director & Associate Professor; Center of Alcohol Studies; Rutgers the St Univ of Nj New Brunswick Asb Iii New Brunswick, Nj 08901 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 15-SEP-1988; Project End 31-MAY-2008 Summary: This abstract is not available. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: THERAPY SPECIFICITY AND MEDIATION IN FAMILY & GROUP CBT Principal Investigator & Institution: Silverman, Wendy K.; Professor; Psychology; Florida International University Division of Sponsored Research and Training Miami, Fl 33199 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 09-JUL-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2007 Summary: Considerable evidence has now accumulated demonstrating the efficacy of Individual Child Cognitive Behavior Therapy for reducing anxiety disorders in children. In growing recognition that the child's context affects the development, course, and outcome of childhood psychopathology and functional status, recent clinical research efforts have been directed toward evaluating whether cognitive behavior therapy when used with anxious children also is efficacious when particular contexts (i.e., family/parents, group/peer) are incorporated in the treatment program. As a result, there now exists considerable empirical evidence that childhood anxiety disorders also can be reduced in cognitive behavioral treatment programs that incorporate family/parents and peer/group contexts and target specific domains/content areas relevant to these contexts. Despite the above, there have been no studies that have directly evaluated whether family/parents and peer/group interventions that target specific domains/variables and content areas relevant to that respective intervention context actually produce specific effects on these domains/variables and, more importantly, whether changes produced on these variables mediate treatment response. Consequently, claims regarding the importance of incorporating (or not incorporating) family/parents and peer/groups and targeting respective variables relevant to each context in order to produce child treatment response are based more on speculation than on empirical data. Investigating whether incorporating family/parents or peer/group contexts and targeting specific domains/variables and content areas relevant to these respective contexts, and whether changes on these variables mediate treatment response in two cognitive behavioral treatments that each represent these distinct contexts (i.e., family/parents and peer/group) among children with anxiety disorders, thus comprise the specific aims of this project. The study targets the same DSM-IV anxiety disorders targeted in previous clinical trials and that are most common in children: social phobia, generalized anxiety disorder, and separation anxiety disorder. Using a controlled clinical trial design, 252 children (ages 8-14 years) and their parents

Studies

53

will be admitted to treatment over the five years of the study, yielding an estimated 216 treatment completers at post-test and 180 at one year follow- up. Children and their parents will be randomly assigned to one of two treatment conditions: Family/Parents Cognitive Behavior Therapy (FCBT) and Peer/Group Cognitive Behavior Therapy (GCBT). All participants will be assessed at pretreatment, posttest, and one-year followup. Two sets of hypotheses will be tested. Because each condition represents a distinct treatment context (family/parents and peer/group) that targets the same two domains (skills and relationships) but in two different content areas within each domain (i.e., parenting skills and parent-child relationships in FCBT versus child social skills and peer-child relationships in GCBT), the first set of hypotheses is designed to establish empirically whether there are in fact treatment specific effects. Thus, the first set of hypotheses to be tested is that FCBT will produce significantly greater specific effects on parenting skills and parent-child relationships than on child social skills and peer-child relationships. GCBT, on the other hand, will produce significantly greater specific effects on child social skills and peer-child relationships than on parenting skills and parentchild relationships. The second and more theoretically and practically significant set of hypotheses will test whether or not it is the changes that are produced on these variables that mediate treatment response. Thus, the second set of hypotheses to be tested is that parenting skills, parent-child relationships, child social skills and/or peer-child relationships will be significant mediators of treatment response, i.e., anxiety reduction. To test the study's mediational models and to fully examine specificity effects, a multianalytic approach that includes structural equational modeling and other complex data analytic strategies (e.g., growth curve modeling) will be used. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: TRANSFORMING COERCIVE PROCESSES IN FAMILY ROUTINES Principal Investigator & Institution: Lucyshyn, Joseph M.; University of British Columbia Vancouver, Bc V6t 1Z3 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): The long term objectives of the proposal are to: (a) empirically investigate the internal and external validity of an ecological approach to behavioral family intervention that seeks to transform coercive parent-child relationships into constructive relationships in the context of valued family routines; and (b) investigate the construct validity of the Parent and Child Coding System (PACCS) for reliably and accurately measuring both coercive and constructive processes of parent-child interaction in family routines. The specific aims are to: (a) conduct a longitudinal, experimental, single-subject analysis of the ecological approach to behavioral family intervention with twelve families of children with developmental disabilities and severe problem behaviors; (b) use PACCS to measure both coercive and constructive processes; (c) evaluate the efficacy of the approach for improving child behavior and parent-child interaction in the context of valued family routines; (d) assess the long-term durability of improvements; and (e) assess changes in global family functioning pre- to post-intervention. Twelve families of children with developmental disabilities and problem behaviors will participate in the study. For each family, four routines in the home and/or community will be selected for intervention. A singlesubject, multiple baseline design across settings for each family will assess the functional relationship between implementation of the approach and changes in: (a) rate of problem behavior; and (b) successful completion of routines. Follow-up data gathered up to 24 months postintervention will provide descriptive data on the maintenance of intervention outcomes. Multivariate statistics will be used to evaluate the extent to

54

Family Therapy

which coercive processes have been transformed into constructive processes when comparing baseline to intervention and follow-up phases. The concurrent validity of the approach will be assessed through a multivariate analysis of changes in parenting stress, social support, and locus of control across baseline, intervention, and follow-up phases Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: TRANSITIONAL TREATMENT FOR ADOLESCENTS IN FAMILY THERAPY Principal Investigator & Institution: Waldron, Holly B.; Associate Professor; Oregon Research Institute Eugene, or 97403 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 05-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): Considerable empirical support has been established in recent years for outpatient treatments for adolescent substance use disorders. In particular, strong evidence has been found for the efficacy of family therapy in reducing drug abuse and associated problems. Unfortunately, relapse is a critical problem, with treatment outcome studies showing that fewer than half of treated adolescents remain drug or alcohol free up to one year after treatment. Some evidence suggests that participation in aftercare can reduce the risk of relapse among drug abusing adolescents. No research exists, however, on whether the beneficial effects of family therapy can be made more durable by the addition of an aftercare component. The primary purpose of the proposed Stage I treatment development study is to investigate transitional aftercare interventions designed to supplement family therapy, thereby enhancing the long-term effects of treatment on adolescent substance abuse. The family-based treatment literature indicates that traditional family therapy augmented with multi-systemic ecologically focused intervention components is successful in producing significant outcomes that endure at least12 months posttreatment. Yet, ecologically focused familybased interventions, because of their complex and intensive nature, have proven difficult to implement in naturalistic clinical settings. Group interventions that combine the effectiveness of cognitive behavioral strategies such as coping, drug-refusal, mood management, and communication skills with the benefits of peer social support to motivate continued reductions in substance use represent a promising alternative. The proposed study will examine a group and an ecologically focused intervention, in relation to a third minimal transitional intervention in which phone contacts with families every other week will serve to reinforce family therapy gains. Stage IA will primarily involve refining and initially testing the three manualized interventions. Stage IB will formally pilot test the developed versions of the interventions with 90 substance abusing adolescents and their families. Participants will receive an initial 12-week course of Functional Family Therapy, an established treatment for adolescent problem behaviors. Families will then be randomly assigned (30 per condition) to one of the three 8-week aftercare conditions, the skills-based group, family-based systemic, or minimal transitional interventions. Treatment retention and drug use will be used as measures of outcome to demonstrate the potential promise of the interventions. A few key mechanisms of action associated with the different transitional interventions will also be examined. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

Studies

•

55

Project Title: TRANSPORTABILITY OF NEW TREATMENTS: MST AS A TEST CASE Principal Investigator & Institution: Schoenwald, Sonja K.; Associate Professor; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; Medical University of South Carolina P O Box 250854 Charleston, Sc 29425 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-SEP-1999; Project End 31-MAY-2004 Summary: This study examines the factors associated with the effective transport of a complex family-based mental health treatment, Multisystemic Therapy (MST), to community settings. As such, the study directly addresses major gaps in both clinical (psychotherapy) and mental health services research pertaining to the translation of efficacious treatments to effective mental health services. MST has proven effective in improving child behavior and family functioning in randomized trials with youth experiencing serious clinical problems. In three randomized trials with violent and chronic juvenile offenders, MST reduced long-term rates of rearrest and out-of-home placement and improved child behavior and family functioning. Earlier randomized trials demonstrated the promise of MST in treating child abuse/neglect and juvenile sex offenders, and an ongoing study is evaluating its effectiveness as an alternative to psychiatric hospitalization. In response to demand from policy makers and providers to develop MST programs, 27 programs serving 1500 youth and families annually have been established in 8 states and Canada. Recent research on MST has demonstrated a significant association between clinicians' adherence to the MST treatment protocol and favorable outcomes for youth. Thus, the foremost challenge in transporting the model and its favorable outcomes to usual care settings is determining the organizational and extra- organizational conditions that support the fidelity of MST interventions. Specifically, this study will examine the child and outcomes associated with MST as delivered by clinicians in 26 programs. Participants will be 2550 youth and families referred to MST programs and the clinicians and administrators employed by those programs. A multi-method multi-source measurement battery will be used to examine the organizational and extra-organizational factors thought to support fidelity to MST and concomitant child outcomes. The aims of this study are to: 1). Document the relationship between clinician adherence to a specific treatment model and child outcomes in usual care settings; 2). Examine the impact of intra-organizational variables on clinician adherence; 3). Examine the extent to which organizational variables relevant to transportability are influenced by selected extra-organizational factors; 4). Examine the influence of clinician variables on adherence; 5). Test a mediation model of treatment effectiveness in which the impact of intra- and extra-organizational factors and individual clinician variables on outcomes is mediated by clinician adherence. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: TRANSPORTING FAMILY THERAPY TO ADOLESCENT DAY TREATMENT Principal Investigator & Institution: Rowe, Cynthia L.; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; University of Miami-Medical Box 248293 Coral Gables, Fl 33124 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-1999; Project End 31-AUG-2004 Summary: Efficacious drug abuse treatments have been developed, and they show considerable promise in reducing or eliminating drug use and impacting the complex set of factors known to develop and maintain drug abusing lifestyles. Too frequently, however the research-based therapies remain research-context bound. This circumstance persists while behavioral therapy research advances have occurred in important drug

56

Family Therapy

treatment specialties. Family- based interventions for adolescent drug abuse have been articulated in well-defined treatment manuals, particular treatments have demonstrated efficacy in rigorous controlled trials, and thus, these models stand ready to be tested in diverse clinical settings. Despite their potential, most of these interventions have been developed as stand alone outpatient interventions and very few attempts have been made to test these treatments in real-world treatment environments. One clinical setting that has been virtually ignored by adolescent drug abuse treatment researchers has been day treatment. This application proposes one of the first investigations of its kind. We seek to evaluate the effects and durability of transporting and integrating a researchbased, efficacious, family-focused intervention (Multidimensional Family Therapy [MDFT]) into a representative, outpatient, day treatment program for drug abusing adolescents. We propose two major aims: (1) to evaluate the impact and durability of a technology transfer intervention on clinical practices and therapeutic/organizational climate in the ADTP, and (2) to evaluate the effects of these changes on clinical outcome. The 4-year study is divided into 4 phases. During Phase I: Baseline (10 mo.) there will be no technology transfer. Multiple aspects of the day treatment program and client outcomes will be assessed. During Phase II: Training (4 mo.), day treatment program staff will receive 2 months of training in the research-developed family therapy model. In Phase III: Implementation (10 mo.) program staff will continue to be regularly supervised in the family-based model. The same program and client outcomes that will be assessed during the Phase I: Baseline will be assessed during the Implementation Phase. In the final phase, Phase IV: Durability (10 mo.), the technology transfer will be complete (supervision will be withdrawn). Once again, we will measure the same program and client outcomes measured in Phase I Baseline and Phase III Implementation. Subjects for the study will consist of 150 male and female adolescents (ages 13-17) and their families. The sample will be primarily minority (approximately 60 percent Hispanic, 30 percent African American, and 10 percent Caucasian), and virtually all will have current or past juvenile justice involvement. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: TREATMENT OF DEPRESSED ADOLESCENTS WITH PHYSICAL ILLNESS Principal Investigator & Institution: Szigethy, Eva M.; Children's Hospital (Boston) Boston, Ma 021155737 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-SEP-2002; Project End 31-AUG-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): The identification and treatment of depressive disorders in adolescents with chronic physical illness is an understudied area. The purpose of this Mentored Patient-Oriented Research Development Award (K23) is to enable the candidate to become an independent clinical researcher in the area of innovative approaches to evaluation and treatment of depression in adolescents facing physical illnesses. The proposal will focus on patients with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). The project will be conducted at Children's Hospital Boston (CHB), where a large population of adolescents with IBD is available. William R. Beardslee, MD, with expertise in depressive disorders and prevention, will serve as the primary mentor. John March, MD, MPH and John Weisz, PhD, experts in clinical psychiatric outcome research and psychotherapy interventions, will serve as co-sponsors. Research plan: The aims are: 1) Conduct randomized comparison trial of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) enhanced with physical illness narrative, family education, and social skills components (n=24) to standard of community care treatment (n=24) in depressed adolescents with IBD, and 2) Investigate underlying neurobehavioral changes in adolescents with

Studies

57

depression and IBD. Career development plan: The training will emphasize skills necessary for conducting comparative clinical trials in the treatment of depression in adolescents with chronic physical illness and begin to explore underlying neurological mechanisms of the disease process. Didactic work in intervention research design and statistics, developmental psychopathology, and assessment of methodologies for biological and neurobehavioral correlates of treatment response will complement supervision by the program consultants. With a sound understanding of pathobiology and change mechanisms, the long-term goals of the candidate are to develop and evaluate cognitive-behavioral and pharmacological treatments for physically ill children and adolescents with depression and to investigate neurobiological correlates of treatment effect. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •

Project Title: TREATMENT OF PUERTO RICAN PRESCHOOL CHILDREN WITH CONDUCT BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS Principal Investigator & Institution: Matos, Maribel; University of Puerto Rico Rio Piedras San Juan, Pr 009311489 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002 Summary: Preschool-age children that present attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), non-compliance, aggression, and defiance are especially at risk for serious social, educational, and psychiatric adjustment difficulties throughout the development. However, very few studies have examined the efficacy of a parent training program for children with these characteristics, and none have been done so with Latino children (PCIT), a family based parent training treatment, for Puerto Rican children aged 4 to 6 years with a diagnosis of ADHD who also present high rates of conduct problem behaviors. The initial efficacy, feasibility, and acceptability of the culturally adapted PCIT will then be evaluated by a randomized controlled pilot study. The participants in this pilot study will be 80 clinic-referred children with a DSM IV diagnosis of ADHD hyperactive-impulsive type or combined typed. These children will be randomly assigned to the PCIT program (n=40) or a minimal contact waiting list condition (n=40). Each participant and their parents will receive pretreatment and posttreatment testing. The design will be a 2 (treatment) x2 (times of assessment) with repeated measures on the last factor. The two groups will be compared on measures of observed parent- child interactions, parent and teacher behavior rating scales, and parent self-report questionnaires. A 3.5 month follow-up testing will be done for the participants in the treatment condition. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

•

Project Title: UNDERSTANDING AND PREVENTING ADOLESCENT DRUG ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Dishion, Thomas J.; Professor; Psychology; University of Oregon Eugene, or 97403 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-JAN-1991; Project End 30-APR-2006 Summary: This abstract is not available. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

58

•

Family Therapy

Project Title: YOUTH DRUG ABUSE FAMILY AND COGNITIVE-BEHAVIORAL THERAPY Principal Investigator & Institution: Latimer, William W.; Mental Health; Johns Hopkins University 3400 N Charles St Baltimore, Md 21218 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-1997; Project End 30-JUN-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): This revised, competing continuation Stage II study proposal is in response to NIDA's Behavioral Therapies Development Program (PA-99107). A randomized clinical trial is proposed to evaluate the direct, mediated, and moderated effects of Integrated Family and Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (IFCBT), a multisystems treatment for adolescent drug abuse with promising efficacy results. In the first study aim, we seek to evaluate the separate and possibly synergistic effects of family systems and cognitive-behavioral IFCBT components on posttreatment drug abuse problem severity, problem behavior, psychiatric distress, and academic achievement of adolescent drug abusers. Innovative analytic strategies are subsequently used to evaluate the degree to which successful outcomes are attributable to specific familial and cognitive-behavioral change processes targeted by IFCBT components. The possibility of effect-modification also is considered, with a focus on neurocognitive, psychiatric comorbidity, and demographic factors. Namely, we seek to understand how variations in specific client characteristics, such as executive dysfunctions or psychiatric comorbidity, might explain why treatments work for some drug abusing youths but not others. In addition to promising findings on IFCBT efficacy, this Stage II proposal benefits from the development and Stage I study application of (a) treatment manuals; (b) therapist training procedures; (c) therapist adherence and competence tools; (d) a neuropsychological battery to assess cognitive functions; (e) a psychodiagnostic battery to assess comorbid psychiatric disorders; and (f) a study assessment battery comprised of therapeutic process and outcome measures. This revised application has sought to address well-taken concerns cited by the reviewers while maintaining proposal strengths. The lack of adolescent drug treatment research continues to be a serious gap in the addictions literature despite alarmingly high rates of drug abuse among youth and the range of morbidities and mortality that result nationwide. If successful, this project should help to identify specific behavior change processes targeted by family systems and cognitive-behavioral treatments that foster subsequent reductions in drug use and problem behavior among recovering youth. Neurocognitive and psychiatric influences on adolescent drug treatment outcomes appear to be significant yet are poorly understood. Increasing our understanding of relationships between client characteristics, skill development during treatments, and subsequent outcomes should also help to improve adolescent drug treatments. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen

The National Library of Medicine: PubMed One of the quickest and most comprehensive ways to find academic studies in both English and other languages is to use PubMed, maintained by the National Library of Medicine.3 The advantage of PubMed over previously mentioned sources is that it covers a greater 3

PubMed was developed by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) at the National Library of Medicine (NLM) at the National Institutes of Health (NIH). The PubMed database was developed in conjunction with publishers of biomedical literature as a search tool for accessing literature citations and linking to full-text journal articles at Web sites of participating publishers. Publishers that participate in PubMed supply NLM with their citations electronically prior to or at the time of publication.

Studies

59

number of domestic and foreign references. It is also free to use. If the publisher has a Web site that offers full text of its journals, PubMed will provide links to that site, as well as to sites offering other related data. User registration, a subscription fee, or some other type of fee may be required to access the full text of articles in some journals. To generate your own bibliography of studies dealing with family therapy, simply go to the PubMed Web site at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed. Type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box, and click “Go.” The following is the type of output you can expect from PubMed for family therapy (hyperlinks lead to article summaries): •

A comparison of three family therapy programs for treating family conflicts in adolescents with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Author(s): Barkley RA, Guevremont DC, Anastopoulos AD, Fletcher KE. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1992 June; 60(3): 450-62. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1619099

•

A content analysis of research in family therapy journals. Author(s): Hawley DR, Bailey CE, Pennick KA. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 January; 26(1): 9-16. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10685347

•

A family therapy internship in a multidisciplinary healthcare setting: trainees' and supervisor's reflections. Author(s): Gawinski BA, Edwards TM, Speice J. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1999 October; 25(4): 469-84. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10553561

•

A followup study of manic-depressive and schizoaffective psychoses after systemic family therapy. Author(s): Retzer A, Simon FB, Weber G, Stierlin H, Schmidt G. Source: Family Process. 1991 June; 30(2): 139-53. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1860481

•

A rationale for family therapy specialization in early intervention. Author(s): Malone DM, Manders J, Stewart S. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1997 January; 23(1): 65-79. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9058553

•

A rejoinder to "Expanding Bowen's legacy to family therapy". Author(s): Horne KB, Hicks MW. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 119-20. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813360

60

Family Therapy

•

A study of live supervisory phone-ins in collaborative family therapy: correlates of client cooperation. Author(s): Moorhouse A, Carr A. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 April; 27(2): 241-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11314556

•

A study of the role of gender in family therapy training. Author(s): Coleman SB, Avis JM, Turin M. Source: Family Process. 1990 December; 29(4): 365-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2286246

•

A test of behavioral family therapy to augment exposure for combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Author(s): Glynn SM, Eth S, Randolph ET, Foy DW, Urbaitis M, Boxer L, Paz GG, Leong GB, Firman G, Salk JD, Katzman JW, Crothers J. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1999 April; 67(2): 243-51. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10224735

•

AAMFT Master Series tapes: an analysis of the inclusion of feminist principles into family therapy practice. Author(s): Haddock SA, MacPhee D, Zimmerman TS. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 October; 27(4): 487-500. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11594016

•

Adolescent adjustment to parental divorce: an investigation from the perspective of basic dimensions of structural family therapy theory. Author(s): Abelsohn D, Saayman GS. Source: Family Process. 1991 June; 30(2): 177-91. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1860483

•

Aggressive family communication, weight gain, and improved eating attitudes during systemic family therapy for anorexia nervosa. Author(s): Shugar G, Krueger S. Source: The International Journal of Eating Disorders. 1995 January; 17(1): 23-31. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7894449

•

All those in favor of saving the planet, please raise your hand: a comment about "family therapy saves the planet". Author(s): Sluzki CE. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 January; 27(1): 13-5. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11215984

Studies

61

•

Alliance and dropout in family therapy for adolescents with behavior problems: individual and systemic effects. Author(s): Robbins MS, Turner CW, Alexander JF, Perez GA. Source: Journal of Family Psychology : Jfp : Journal of the Division of Family Psychology of the American Psychological Association (Division 43). 2003 December; 17(4): 534-44. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14640803

•

Anorexia nervosa in teenagers: change in family function after family therapy, at 2year follow-up. Author(s): Wallin U, Kronvall P. Source: Nordic Journal of Psychiatry. 2002; 56(5): 363-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12470310

•

Approaches to the study of gender in marriage and family therapy curricula. Author(s): Filkowski MB, Storm CL, York CD, Brandon AD. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 January; 27(1): 117-22. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11215981

•

Are goals and topics influenced by gender and modality in the initial marriage and family therapy session? Author(s): Werner-Wilson RJ, Zimmerman TS, Price SJ. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1999 April; 25(2): 253-62. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10319296

•

Are trustworthiness and fairness enough? Contextual family therapy and the good family. Author(s): Fowers BJ, Wenger A. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1997 April; 23(2): 153-69; Discussion 171-3. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9134479

•

Assessing clients' constructions of their problems in family therapy discourse. Author(s): Friedlander ML, Heatherington L. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 July; 24(3): 289-303. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9677537

•

Attachment and depression. Implications for family therapy. Author(s): Sexson SB, Glanville DN, Kaslow NJ. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2001 July; 10(3): 465-86. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449807

62

Family Therapy

•

Attachment and family therapy: clinical utility of adolescent-family attachment research. Author(s): Liddle HA, Schwartz SJ. Source: Family Process. 2002 Fall; 41(3): 455-76. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12395569

•

Attachment-based family therapy for depressed adolescents: a treatment development study. Author(s): Diamond GS, Reis BF, Diamond GM, Siqueland L, Isaacs L. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 2002 October; 41(10): 1190-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12364840

•

Attachment-based family therapy for depressed adolescents: programmatic treatment development. Author(s): Diamond G, Siqueland L, Diamond GM. Source: Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review. 2003 June; 6(2): 107-27. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12836580

•

Basic concepts in family therapy: a differential comparison with individual treatment. Author(s): Robinson LR. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1975 October; 132(10): 1045-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1166873

•

Behavioral couples and family therapy for substance abusers. Author(s): O'Farrell TJ, Fals-Stewart W. Source: Current Psychiatry Reports. 2002 October; 4(5): 371-6. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12230966

•

Behavioral family therapy for schizophrenia. Author(s): Mueser KT, Glynn SM. Source: Prog Behav Modif. 1990; 26: 122-49. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2274465

•

Behavioral methods in group and family therapy. Author(s): Liberman RP. Source: Semin Psychiatry. 1972 May; 4(2): 145-56. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4155533

Studies

63

•

Behavioral, cognitive, and family therapy for obsessive-compulsive and related disorders. Author(s): Neziroglu F, Hsia C, Yaryura-Tobias JA. Source: The Psychiatric Clinics of North America. 2000 September; 23(3): 657-70. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10986734

•

Beyond common factors: multilevel-process models of therapeutic change in marriage and family therapy. Author(s): Sexton TL, Ridley CR, Kleiner AJ. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2004 April; 30(2): 131-49. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=15114943

•

Beyond family therapy. Toward a systemic and integrated view. Author(s): Steinhauer PD. Source: The Psychiatric Clinics of North America. 1985 December; 8(4): 923-45. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4080628

•

Beyond law and ethics: an interdisciplinary course in family law and family therapy. Author(s): Riley P, Hartwell S, Sargent G, Patterson JE. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1997 October; 23(4): 461-76. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9338862

•

Booster sessions and long-term effects of behavioral family therapy on adolescent substance use and school performance. Author(s): Bry BH, Krinsley KE. Source: Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. 1992 September; 23(3): 183-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1487536

•

Breaking down the barriers to clinical service delivery: walk-in family therapy. Author(s): Miller JK, Slive A. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2004 January; 30(1): 95-103. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14763212

•

Bridging the research-practice gap in adolescent substance abuse treatment: the case of brief strategic family therapy. Author(s): Robbins MS, Bachrach K, Szapocznik J. Source: Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment. 2002 September; 23(2): 123-32. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12220610

64

Family Therapy

•

Brief family therapy for childhood tic syndrome. Author(s): Tiller JW. Source: Family Process. 1978 June; 17(2): 217-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=277183

•

Brief family therapy may lead to deep personality change. Author(s): Selinger D, Barcai A. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1977 April; 31(2): 302-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=327836

•

Brief family therapy with alcohol-dependent men in Trinidad and Tobago. Author(s): Maharajh HD, Bhugra D. Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 1993 June; 87(6): 422-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8356894

•

Brief family therapy with military families. Author(s): Hicks PS. Source: Military Medicine. 1981 August; 146(8): 573-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6793901

•

Brief focal family therapy when the child is the referred patient-I. clinical. Author(s): Bentovim A, Kinston W. Source: Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines. 1978 January; 19(1): 1-12. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=621225

•

Brief focal family therapy when the child is the referred patient-II. Methodology and results. Author(s): Kinston W, Bentovim A. Source: Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines. 1978 April; 19(2): 119-43. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=670332

•

Brief Strategic Family Therapy versus community control: engagement, retention, and an exploration of the moderating role of adolescent symptom severity. Author(s): Coatsworth JD, Santisteban DA, McBride CK, Szapocznik J. Source: Family Process. 2001 Fall; 40(3): 313-32. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11676271

Studies

65

•

Brief Strategic Family Therapy: twenty-five years of interplay among theory, research and practice in adolescent behavior problems and drug abuse. Author(s): Szapocznik J, Williams RA. Source: Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review. 2000 June; 3(2): 117-34. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11227062

•

Bulimia. Utilizing individual and family therapy. Author(s): White JH. Source: Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services. 1984 April; 22(4): 22-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6587098

•

Characteristics of effective providers of marital and family therapy in rural mental health settings. Author(s): Hovestadt AJ, Fenell DL, Canfield BS. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 April; 28(2): 225-31. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11977382

•

Child and adolescent psychiatry and family therapy. An overview. Author(s): Malone CA. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2001 July; 10(3): 395-413. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449803

•

Children's attributions about family arguments: implications for family therapy. Author(s): Weston HE, Boxer P, Heatherington L. Source: Family Process. 1998 Spring; 37(1): 35-49. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9589280

•

Combining total quality management and simulation with application to family therapy process design. Author(s): Standridge CR, Brown-Standridge MD. Source: J Soc Health Syst. 1995; 5(1): 23-40. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7662876

•

Common factors across theories of marriage and family therapy: a modified Delphi study. Author(s): Blow AJ, Sprenkle DH. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 July; 27(3): 385-401. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11436430

66

Family Therapy

•

Comparison of family therapy and family group psychoeducation in adolescents with anorexia nervosa. Author(s): Geist R, Heinmaa M, Stephens D, Davis R, Katzman DK. Source: Canadian Journal of Psychiatry. Revue Canadienne De Psychiatrie. 2000 March; 45(2): 173-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10742877

•

Comparison of outcomes of behavioral family therapy given families with children and families with adolescents. Author(s): Molineux JB, Hamilton T. Source: Psychological Reports. 1987 February; 60(1): 159-62. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3562717

•

Conjoint versus one-person family therapy: further evidence for the effectiveness of conducting family therapy through one person with drug-abusing adolescents. Author(s): Szapocznik J, Kurtines WM, Foote F, Perez-Vidal A, Hervis O. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1986 June; 54(3): 395-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3722570

•

Connectedness versus separateness: applicability of family therapy to Japanese families. Author(s): Tamura T, Lau A. Source: Family Process. 1992 December; 31(4): 319-40. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1289119

•

Considering justice: an exploratory study of family therapy with adolescents. Author(s): Bowling SW, Kearney LK, Lumadue CA, Germain NR. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 April; 28(2): 213-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11977381

•

Constructive hypothesizing, dialogic understanding and the therapist's inner conversation: some ideas about knowing and not knowing in the family therapy session. Author(s): Rober P. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 October; 28(4): 467-78. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12382555

•

Content and context: working with mentally ill people in family therapy. Author(s): Marley JA. Source: Social Work. 1992 September; 37(5): 412-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1411708

Studies

67

•

Contrasting child psychiatry and family therapy. Author(s): Keith DV, Westman JC, Whitaker CA. Source: Child Psychiatry and Human Development. 1988 Winter; 19(2): 87-97. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3229159

•

Countertransference in the family therapy of survivors of sexual abuse. Author(s): Shay JJ. Source: Child Abuse & Neglect. 1992 July-August; 16(4): 585-93. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1393721

•

Creating a secure family base: some implications of attachment theory for family therapy. Author(s): Byng-Hall J. Source: Family Process. 1995 March; 34(1): 45-58. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7628600

•

Cross-cultural applicability of contextual family therapy: Iranian and American college students' perceptions of familial and peer relationships. Author(s): Shokouhi-Behnam S, Chambliss CA, Caruso KA. Source: Psychological Reports. 1997 April; 80(2): 691-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9129386

•

Cross-cultural perspectives: implications for attachment theory and family therapy. Author(s): Minuchin P. Source: Family Process. 2002 Fall; 41(3): 546-50. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12395574

•

Culture and family therapy. Author(s): Canino IA, Inclan JE. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2001 July; 10(3): 601-12. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449814

•

Death and living: a family therapy approach. Author(s): Slivkin SE. Source: American Journal of Psychoanalysis. 1977 Winter; 37(4): 317-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=605934

•

Delivery of family therapy in the treatment of anorexia nervosa using telehealth. Author(s): Goldfield GS, Boachie A. Source: Telemedicine Journal and E-Health : the Official Journal of the American Telemedicine Association. 2003 Spring; 9(1): 111-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12699614

68

Family Therapy

•

Designed experience: a multiple, goal-directed training program in family therapy. Author(s): Constantine LL. Source: Family Process. 1976 December; 15(4): 373-87. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1026455

•

Deterioration in marital and family therapy: empirical, clinical, and conceptual issues. Author(s): Gurman AS, Kniskern DP. Source: Family Process. 1978 March; 17(1): 3-20. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=700067

•

Development of the family therapy enactment rating scale. Author(s): Allen-Eckert H, Fong E, Nichols MP, Watson N, Liddle HA. Source: Family Process. 2001 Winter; 40(4): 469-78. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11802492

•

Dialectical metatheory in family therapy. Author(s): Bopp MJ, Weeks GR. Source: Family Process. 1984 March; 23(1): 49-61. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6714386

•

Different approaches to family therapy. Author(s): Barker P. Source: Nurs Times. 1998 April 8-14; 94(14): 60-2. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9615645

•

Differential methods of family therapy in the treatment of alcoholism. Author(s): Kaufman E, Pattison EM. Source: J Stud Alcohol. 1981 November; 42(11): 951-71. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7038312

•

Difficulties in family therapy evaluation. I. A comparison of insight vs. problemsolving approaches. II. Design critique and recommendations. Author(s): Slipp S, Kressel K. Source: Family Process. 1978 December; 17(4): 409-22. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=751811

•

Dimensions of family therapy. Author(s): Madanes C, Haley J. Source: The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease. 1977 August; 165(2): 88-98. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=886313

Studies

69

•

Disrupting defensive family interactions in family therapy with delinquent adolescents. Author(s): Robbins MS, Alexander JF, Turner CW. Source: Journal of Family Psychology : Jfp : Journal of the Division of Family Psychology of the American Psychological Association (Division 43). 2000 December; 14(4): 688-701. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11132489

•

Divorced parents in family therapy in a residential treatment setting. Author(s): Weisfeld D, Laser MS. Source: Family Process. 1977 June; 16(2): 229-36. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=872914

•

Documenting family therapy--one mental health clinic's experience. Author(s): Shelton D. Source: J Am Med Rec Assoc. 1983 July; 54(7): 27-30. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10310077

•

Does couple and family therapy have emotional intelligence? Author(s): Schwartz RC, Johnson SM. Source: Family Process. 2000 Spring; 39(1): 29-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10742929

•

Does family therapy need psychiatrists? Do psychiatrists need family therapy? Author(s): Stawski M, Velkes V. Source: The Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences. 1999; 36(3): 174-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10593056

•

Does history end with postmodernism? Toward an ultramodern family therapy. Author(s): Linares JL. Source: Family Process. 2001 Winter; 40(4): 401-12. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11802487

•

Dropping out of marriage and family therapy: a critical review of research. Author(s): Bischoff RJ, Sprenkle DH. Source: Family Process. 1993 September; 32(3): 353-75. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8243624

•

Drug and family therapy in the aftercare of acute schizophrenics. Author(s): Goldstein MJ, Rodnick EH, Evans JR, May PR, Steinberg MR. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry. 1978 October; 35(10): 1169-77. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=211983

70

Family Therapy

•

DSM-III and family therapy. Author(s): Frances A, Clarkin JF, Perry S. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1984 March; 141(3): 406-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6703107

•

DSM-IV and describing problems in family therapy. Author(s): Strong T. Source: Family Process. 1993 June; 32(2): 249-53. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8405357

•

Early intervention for adolescent substance abuse: pretreatment to posttreatment outcomes of a randomized clinical trial comparing multidimensional family therapy and peer group treatment. Author(s): Liddle HA, Rowe CL, Dakof GA, Ungaro RA, Henderson CE. Source: J Psychoactive Drugs. 2004 March; 36(1): 49-63. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=15152709

•

Eating disorders and family therapy. Why, how and when? Author(s): Roijen S. Source: Eat Weight Disord. 2000 March; 5(1): 16-23. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10840652

•

Educational Family Therapy for schizophrenia: a new treatment model for clinical service and research. Author(s): Mueser KT, Gingerich SL, Rosenthal CK. Source: Schizophrenia Research. 1994 September; 13(2): 99-107. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7986778

•

Effect of a marriage and family therapy practicum upon students' self-perceived strengths and weaknesses. Author(s): Jurich AP, Polson CJ. Source: Psychological Reports. 1986 April; 58(2): 527-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3704053

•

Effectiveness research in marriage and family therapy: introduction. Author(s): Sprenkle DH. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2003 January; 29(1): 85-96. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12616801

Studies

71

•

Efficacy of brief strategic family therapy in modifying Hispanic adolescent behavior problems and substance use. Author(s): Santisteban DA, Coatsworth JD, Perez-Vidal A, Kurtines WM, Schwartz SJ, LaPerriere A, Szapocznik J. Source: Journal of Family Psychology : Jfp : Journal of the Division of Family Psychology of the American Psychological Association (Division 43). 2003 March; 17(1): 121-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12666468

•

Enhancing family therapy: the addition of a community resource specialist. Author(s): Fishman HC, Andes F, Knowlton R. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 January; 27(1): 111-6. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11215980

•

Epistemological confusion in family therapy and research. Author(s): Auerswald EH. Source: Family Process. 1987 September; 26(3): 317-30. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3622745

•

Ethical concerns in family therapy. Author(s): Hines PM, Hare-Mustin RT. Source: Prof Psychol. 1978 February; 9(1): 165-71. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11662475

•

Ethical, legal and professional issues in family therapy: a graduate level course. Author(s): Piercy FP, Sprenkle DH. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1983 October; 9(4): 393-401. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11650722

•

Evaluation of family therapy for disturbed children. Author(s): Simpson L, Hoare P. Source: Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine. 1987 June; 80(6): 334-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3625684

•

Evaluation of family therapy trainees: acquisition of cognitive and therapeutic behavior skills. Author(s): Pulleyblank E, Shapiro RJ. Source: Family Process. 1986 December; 25(4): 591-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3817131

72

Family Therapy

•

Evaluation of family therapy with alcoholics. Author(s): Esser PH. Source: The British Journal of Addiction to Alcohol and Other Drugs. 1971 December; 66(4): 251-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5289919

•

Evidence-based practice in family therapy: adolescent depression as an example. Author(s): Denton WH, Walsh SR, Daniel SS. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 39-45. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813364

•

Evolution of a treatment approach to families: group family therapy. Author(s): Lewis JC, Glasser N. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1965 October; 15(4): 506-15. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5829258

•

Examining the multifaceted notion of isomorphism in marriage and family therapy supervision: a quest for conceptual clarity. Author(s): White MB, Russell CS. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1997 July; 23(3): 315-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9373830

•

Excommunication as a family therapy technique. Author(s): Barcai A, Rabkin LY. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry. 1972 December; 27(6): 804-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4637898

•

Experiences with group and family therapy in India. Author(s): Narayanan HS. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1977 October; 27(4): 517-9. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=591159

•

Family psychology and family therapy in Japan. Author(s): Kameguchi K, Murphy-Shigematsu S. Source: The American Psychologist. 2001 January; 56(1): 65-70. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11242990

•

Family therapy and chronic depression. Author(s): Keitner GI, Archambault R, Ryan CE, Miller IW. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 2003 August; 59(8): 873-84. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12858428

Studies

73

•

Family therapy and dialectical behavior therapy with adolescents: Part I: Proposing a clinical synthesis. Author(s): Miller AL, Glinski J, Woodberry KA, Mitchell AG, Indik J. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 2002; 56(4): 568-84. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12520892

•

Family therapy and dialectical behavior therapy with adolescents: Part II: A theoretical review. Author(s): Woodberry KA, Miller AL, Glinski J, Indik J, Mitchell AG. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 2002; 56(4): 585-602. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12520893

•

Family therapy for adolescent anorexia nervosa. Author(s): le Grange D. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 1999 June; 55(6): 727-39. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10445863

•

Family therapy for adolescent anorexia nervosa: the results of a controlled comparison of two family interventions. Author(s): Eisler I, Dare C, Hodes M, Russell G, Dodge E, Le Grange D. Source: Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines. 2000 September; 41(6): 727-36. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11039685

•

Family therapy for asthma in children. Author(s): Panton J, Barley EA. Source: Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2000; (2): Cd000089. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10796486

•

Family therapy for conduct disorders. Author(s): Sholevar GP. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2001 July; 10(3): 501-17. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449809

•

Family therapy for eating disorders. Author(s): Lemmon CR, Josephson AM. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2001 July; 10(3): 519-42, Viii. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449810

74

Family Therapy

•

Family therapy for identical twins with anorexia nervosa. Author(s): le Grange D, Schwartz S. Source: Eat Weight Disord. 2003 March; 8(1): 84-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12762631

•

Family therapy of schizophrenia. Author(s): Held T, Falloon IR. Source: The Keio Journal of Medicine. 1999 September; 48(3): 151-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10535277

•

Family therapy saves the planet: messianic tendencies in the family systems literature. Author(s): Johnson S. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 January; 27(1): 3-11. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11215988

•

Family therapy techniques with adolescent suicide attempters. Author(s): Spirito A. Source: Crisis. 1997; 18(3): 106-9. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9454997

•

Family therapy trainees' evaluations of their best and worst supervision experiences. Author(s): Anderson SA, Schlossberg M, Rigazio-DiGilio S. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 January; 26(1): 79-91. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10685354

•

Family therapy with a multiparental/multispousal family. Author(s): al-Krenawi A. Source: Family Process. 1998 Spring; 37(1): 65-81. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9589282

•

Family therapy with anorexic-bulimic girls. Beyond systemic rigidity. Author(s): Selvini MP. Source: Eat Weight Disord. 1997 September; 2(3): 156-9. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14655840

•

Family therapy with intellectually and creatively gifted children. Author(s): Moon SM, Hall AS. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 January; 24(1): 59-80. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9474524

Studies

75

•

Family therapy with unmarried African American mothers and their adolescents. Author(s): Becker D, Liddle HA. Source: Family Process. 2001 Winter; 40(4): 413-27. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11802488

•

Family therapy: current thinking and practice. Author(s): Walker S. Source: Prof Care Mother Child. 1999; 9(1): 23-4. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10401411

•

From rigid borderlines to fertile borderlands: reconfiguring family therapy. Author(s): Falicov CJ. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 April; 24(2): 157-63. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9583055

•

Grave disability and family therapy: the therapeutic potential of civil libertarian commitment codes. Author(s): Wexler DB. Source: International Journal of Law and Psychiatry. 1986; 9(1): 39-56. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3793345

•

Group analysis and family therapy. Author(s): Skynner AC. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1984 April; 34(2): 215-24. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6735527

•

Group and family therapy: moving into the present and letting go of the past. Author(s): MacGregor R. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1970 October; 20(4): 495-515. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5485336

•

Group interaction as a method of family therapy. Author(s): Bhatti RS, Janakiramaiah N, Channabasavanna SM. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1982 January; 32(1): 103-14. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7056607

•

Group parent training versus individual family therapy: an outcome study. Author(s): Pevsner R. Source: Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. 1982 June; 13(2): 11922. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7130407

76

Family Therapy

•

Healing bittersweet legacies: revisiting contextual family therapy for grandparents raising grandchildren in crisis. Author(s): Brown-Standridge MD, Floyd CW. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 April; 26(2): 185-97. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10776605

•

Healing the world in fifty-minute intervals: a response to "family therapy saves the planet". Author(s): Hardy KV. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 January; 27(1): 19-22. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11215985

•

History of family therapy. Author(s): Pearce JK. Source: Family Process. 1993 March; 32(1): 141-2. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7686507

•

Homework assignments in couple and family therapy. Author(s): Dattilio FM. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 2002 May; 58(5): 535-47. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11967879

•

How was it for you? Families' experiences of receiving Behavioural Family Therapy. Author(s): Campbell AS. Source: Journal of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing. 2004 June; 11(3): 261-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=15149372

•

Illness, family theory, and family therapy: I. Conceptual issues. Author(s): Wynne LC, Shields CG, Sirkin MI. Source: Family Process. 1992 March; 31(1): 3-18. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1559594

•

In pursuit of sisterhood: adult siblings as a resource for combined individual and family therapy. Author(s): Kahn MD, Bank S. Source: Family Process. 1981 March; 20(1): 85-95. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7215526

Studies

77

•

Indications and contra-indications for the use of family therapy. Author(s): Walrond-Skinner S. Source: Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines. 1978 January; 19(1): 57-62. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=621231

•

Individual and family therapy with eating disorder patients. Author(s): Carroll AE. Source: Semin Adolesc Med. 1986 March; 2(1): 57-64. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3602626

•

Influence of separate interviews on clinicians' evaluative perceptions in family therapy. Author(s): Gaines T Jr, Stedman JM. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1979 December; 47(6): 1138-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=512172

•

Influences on the inclusion of children in family therapy. Author(s): Johnson L, Thomas V. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1999 January; 25(1): 117-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9990523

•

Informed consent in family therapy: necessary discourse and practice. Author(s): Reiter-Theil S, Eich H, Reiter L. Source: Changes. 1991 June; 9(2): 81-90. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11660013

•

Inpatient family therapy. Author(s): Taylor FA. Source: Nurs Mirror Midwives J. 1977 February 24; 144(8): 62-4. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=585089

•

Institutional family therapy. Author(s): Abroms GM. Source: Curr Psychiatr Ther. 1972; 12: 124-31. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5032897

•

Integrating family therapy training into psychiatry residency programs: policy issues and alternatives. Author(s): Sugarman S. Source: Family Process. 1984 March; 23(1): 23-32. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6714384

78

Family Therapy

•

Integrating individual and family therapy in the treatment of symptomatic children and adolescents. Author(s): Feldman LB. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1988 April; 42(2): 272-80. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3400786

•

Integration of pharmacotherapy and family therapy in the treatment of children and adolescents. Author(s): Sprenger DL, Josephson AM. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 1998 August; 37(8): 887-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9695452

•

Integrative family therapy for disputes involving child custody and visitation. Author(s): Lebow J. Source: Journal of Family Psychology : Jfp : Journal of the Division of Family Psychology of the American Psychological Association (Division 43). 2003 June; 17(2): 181-92. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12828015

•

Intergenerational relations and family therapy research: what we can learn from other disciplines. Author(s): Fine M, Norris JE. Source: Family Process. 1989 September; 28(3): 301-15. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2676588

•

Internal family systems therapy for children in family therapy. Author(s): Wark L, Thomas M, Peterson S. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 April; 27(2): 189-200. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11314552

•

International family therapy: a view from Kyoto, Japan. Author(s): Colman C. Source: Family Process. 1986 December; 25(4): 651-64. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3817135

•

Internship training in marriage and family therapy: a survey of doctoral program objectives and implementation. Author(s): Ivey DC, Wampler KS. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 July; 26(3): 385-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10934684

Studies

79

•

Introducing medical students to family therapy using simulated family interviews. Author(s): Behr HL. Source: Medical Education. 1977 January; 11(1): 32-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=857123

•

Introducing novice therapists to "go-between" techniques of family therapy. Author(s): Garrigan JJ, Bambrick AF. Source: Family Process. 1977 June; 16(2): 237-46. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=872915

•

Issues in the assessment of outcome in family therapy. Author(s): Lebow J. Source: Family Process. 1981 June; 20(2): 167-88. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7250353

•

J.L. Moreno: An unrecognized pioneer of family therapy. Author(s): Compernolle T. Source: Family Process. 1981 September; 20(3): 331-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7026275

•

Keith: a case study of structural family therapy. Author(s): Heard DB. Source: Family Process. 1978 September; 17(3): 339-56. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=744221

•

Learning disabled children and their families: strategies of extension and adaptation of family therapy. Author(s): Margalit M. Source: Journal of Learning Disabilities. 1982 December; 15(10): 594-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7153652

•

Learning objectives in family therapy training. Author(s): Rubenstein JS. Source: Canadian Journal of Psychiatry. Revue Canadienne De Psychiatrie. 1982 November; 27(7): 556-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7172153

•

Learning space, and action in family therapy: a primer of sculpture. Author(s): Duhl FJ, Kantor D, Duhl BS. Source: Semin Psychiatry. 1973 May; 5(2): 167-83. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4803385

80

Family Therapy

•

Leaving the ivory tower: an introduction to the special section on doing marriage and family therapy research in community agencies. Author(s): McCollum EE, Stith SM. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 5-7. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813366

•

Lesbians, gay men, and their parents: family therapy for the coming-out crisis. Author(s): LaSala MC. Source: Family Process. 2000 Spring; 39(1): 67-81. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10742932

•

Live supervision/consultation: conceptual and pragmatic guidelines for family therapy trainers. Author(s): Liddle HA, Schwartz RC. Source: Family Process. 1983 December; 22(4): 477-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6677519

•

Making space for racial dialogue: our experience in a marriage and family therapy training program. Author(s): McDowell T, Fang SR, Gomez-Young C, Khanna A, Sherman B, Brownlee K. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2003 April; 29(2): 179-94. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12728777

•

Mania as a message. Treatment with family therapy and lithium carbonate. Author(s): Fitzgerald RG. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1972 October; 26(4): 547-54. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5079783

•

Manufacturing a human drama from a psychiatric crisis: crisis intervention, family therapy and the work of R. D. Scott. Author(s): Reed A. Source: Journal of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing. 1998 October; 5(5): 387-92. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10067486

•

Mapping and/or discovering meaning in family therapy: an e-mail conversation. Author(s): Beels CC, Kogan SM, Gale JE. Source: Family Process. 1997 June; 36(2): 127-32. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9248823

Studies

81

•

Marital and family therapy for troubled physicians and their families. A bridge over troubled waters. Author(s): Glick ID, Borus JF. Source: Jama : the Journal of the American Medical Association. 1984 April 13; 251(14): 1855-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6700087

•

Measuring family therapy outcome in a clinical setting: families that do better or do worse in therapy. Author(s): Hampson RB, Beavers WR. Source: Family Process. 1996 September; 35(3): 347-61. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9111714

•

Medical family therapy: Therapeutic and financial benefits of family-centered care in the hospital. Author(s): Alvarez CA. Source: Clinical Nurse Specialist Cns. 1996 January; 10(1): 49. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8705937

•

Medication and family therapy for schizophrenia and mood disorder. Author(s): Glick ID. Source: Psychopharmacology Bulletin. 1992; 28(3): 223-5. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1480723

•

Mental health: skills in family therapy. Author(s): MacPhail D. Source: Nurs Times. 1986 June 25-July 1; 82(26): 49-51. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3637842

•

Methods of feminist family therapy supervision. Author(s): Prouty AM, Thomas V, Johnson S, Long JK. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 January; 27(1): 85-97. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11215992

•

More on blame in family therapy. Author(s): Khouri P. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1975 January; 132(1): 87. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1088849

82

Family Therapy

•

Multidimensional family therapy for adolescent drug abuse: results of a randomized clinical trial. Author(s): Liddle HA, Dakof GA, Parker K, Diamond GS, Barrett K, Tejeda M. Source: The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse. 2001 November; 27(4): 65188. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11727882

•

Multiple family therapy and naltrexone in the treatment of opiate dependence. Author(s): Anton RF, Hogan I, Jalali B, Riordan CE, Kleber HD. Source: Drug and Alcohol Dependence. 1981 September; 8(2): 157-68. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7318681

•

Multiple family therapy for adolescents: a case illustration. Author(s): Bender PJ. Source: J Child Adolesc Psychiatr Ment Health Nurs. 1992 January-March; 5(1): 27-31. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1432584

•

Multiple family therapy: a new direction in the treatment of drug abusers. Author(s): Kaufman E, Kaufmann P. Source: The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse. 1977; 4(4): 467-78. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=615490

•

Multiple family therapy: questions and answers. Author(s): Laqueur HP. Source: Semin Psychiatry. 1973 May; 5(2): 195-205. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4803387

•

Multiple theoretical approaches to supervision: choices in family therapy training. Author(s): McDaniel SH, Weber T, McKeever J. Source: Family Process. 1983 December; 22(4): 491-500. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6677520

•

Muslim families and family therapy. Author(s): Daneshpour M. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 July; 24(3): 355-68. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9677541

•

Narrative child family therapy. Author(s): Larner G. Source: Family Process. 1996 December; 35(4): 423-40. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9131337

Studies

83

•

Negative explanation, restraint, and double description: a template for family therapy. Author(s): White M. Source: Family Process. 1986 June; 25(2): 169-84. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3732500

•

New directions in family therapy. Author(s): Safier EJ. Source: Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic. 1992 Winter; 56(1): 33-47. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1555010

•

Notes and observations on the practice of Multiple Family Therapy in an adolescent unit. Author(s): Singh N. Source: Journal of Adolescence. 1982 December; 5(4): 319-32. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7161425

•

Notes for a cultural history of family therapy. Author(s): Beels CC. Source: Family Process. 2002 Spring; 41(1): 67-82. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11924091

•

Nurse participation in family therapy. Author(s): Walri M. Source: Perspectives in Psychiatric Care. 1965; 3(5): 8-13. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5174153

•

Nursing care study: parasuicide, crisis intervention and family therapy. Author(s): Walters SM. Source: Nurs Times. 1983 January 12-18; 79(2): 17-20. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6550271

•

Nursing, therapy, and social control: feminist science and systems-based family therapy. Author(s): Allen DG, Wolfgram B. Source: Health Care for Women International. 1988; 9(2): 107-24. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3290176

•

Object relations, Holocaust survival and family therapy. Author(s): Muller UF, Yahav AL. Source: The British Journal of Medical Psychology. 1989 March; 62 ( Pt 1): 13-21. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2706194

84

Family Therapy

•

Observations on the role of family therapy in child psychiatry training. Author(s): Malone CA. Source: J Am Acad Child Psychiatry. 1974 Summer; 13(3): 437-58. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4427041

•

Of families and other cultures: the shifting paradigm of family therapy. Author(s): Pare DA. Source: Family Process. 1995 March; 34(1): 1-19. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7628596

•

On description of family therapy. Author(s): Golann S. Source: Family Process. 1987 September; 26(3): 331-40. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3622746

•

On second-order family therapy. Author(s): Golann S. Source: Family Process. 1988 March; 27(1): 51-71. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3360098

•

On the boundary: family therapy in a long-term inpatient setting. Author(s): Hunter DE. Source: Family Process. 1985 September; 24(3): 339-55. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4043351

•

On the reclaiming of denied affects in family therapy. Author(s): Berkowitz DA. Source: Family Process. 1977 December; 16(4): 495-501. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=590477

•

One-person family therapy: a modality of brief strategic family therapy. Author(s): Foote FH, Szapocznik J, Kurtines WM, Perez-Vidal A, Hervis OK. Source: Nida Res Monogr. 1985; 58: 51-65. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3929126

•

Outcome for structural family therapy with drug addicts. Author(s): Stanton MD, Todd TC, Steier F. Source: Nida Res Monogr. 1979; 27: 415-21. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=121362

Studies

85

•

Outcome of family therapy--two year follow-up. Author(s): Prabhu LR, Desai NG, Raghuram A, Channabasavanna SM. Source: The International Journal of Social Psychiatry. 1988 Summer; 34(2): 112-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3410655

•

Paradigmatic classification of family therapy theories. Author(s): Ritterman MK. Source: Family Process. 1977 March; 16(1): 29-48. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=862843

•

Paradoxical interventions embedded in a focal approach to family therapy. Author(s): Afek E. Source: The Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences. 1988; 25(3-4): 212-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3273801

•

Patterns of learning in family therapy training. Author(s): Perlesz AJ, Stolk Y, Firestone AF. Source: Family Process. 1990 March; 29(1): 29-44. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2311751

•

Positive practice in family therapy. Author(s): Carr A. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1997 July; 23(3): 271-93. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9373827

•

Postmodernism in marriage and family therapy training: doctoral students' understanding and experiences. Author(s): Wieling E, Negretti MA, Stokes S, Kimball T, Christensen FB, Bryan L. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 October; 27(4): 527-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11594020

•

Potential perils of the demonstration-consultation interview in family therapy: a case study of contextual confusion. Author(s): Harari E, Bloch S. Source: Family Process. 1991 September; 30(3): 363-71. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1955022

86

Family Therapy

•

Practitioner review: The effectiveness of systemic family therapy for children and adolescents. Author(s): Cottrell D, Boston P. Source: Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines. 2002 July; 43(5): 573-86. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12120854

•

Precipitating a crisis: family therapy and adolescent school refusers. Author(s): Bryce G, Baird D. Source: Journal of Adolescence. 1986 September; 9(3): 199-213. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3782579

•

Prevention of progression to severe obesity in a group of obese schoolchildren treated with family therapy. Author(s): Flodmark CE, Ohlsson T, Ryden O, Sveger T. Source: Pediatrics. 1993 May; 91(5): 880-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8474806

•

Principles and results of family therapy in schizophrenia. Author(s): Hahlweg K, Wiedemann G. Source: European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience. 1999; 249 Suppl 4: 108-15. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10654116

•

Problems in measuring the success of family therapy in a common clinical setting: impasse and solutions. Author(s): Sigal JJ, Barrs CB, Doubilet AL. Source: Family Process. 1976 June; 15(2): 225-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1026441

•

Problems with family therapy in a community mental health center. Author(s): Wendorf RJ, Wendorf DJ. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1981 December; 32(12): 852-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7309011

•

Process analysis in behavioral family therapy. Author(s): Hahlweg K, Hemmati-Weber M, Heusser A, Lober H, Winkler H, Muller U, Feinstein E, Dose M. Source: Behavior Modification. 1990 October; 14(4): 441-56. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1979222

Studies

87

•

Program and trainee lifestyle stress: a survey of AAMFT student members. American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy. Author(s): Polson M, Nida R. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 January; 24(1): 95-112. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9474526

•

Protecting persons in family therapy research: an overview of ethical and regulatory standards. Author(s): Cain HI, Harkness JL, Smith AL, Markowski EM. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2003 January; 29(1): 47-57. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12616798

•

Psychiatric home care and family therapy: a window of opportunity for the psychiatric clinical nurse specialist. Author(s): Mohit D. Source: Archives of Psychiatric Nursing. 2000 June; 14(3): 127-33. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10870250

•

Psychoeducational and family therapy in relapse prevention. Author(s): Goldstein MJ. Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. Supplementum. 1994; 382: 54-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8091998

•

Psychoeducational family therapy for schizophrenia: a review essay. Author(s): Steinglass P. Source: Psychiatry. 1987 February; 50(1): 14-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3575550

•

Psychosomatic disorders in children: structural family therapy. Author(s): Hodas GR, Liebman R. Source: Psychosomatics. 1978 November; 19(11): 709-11, 715, 719. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=724973

•

Qualitative evaluation of family therapy programs: a participatory approach. Author(s): Deacon SA, Piercy FP. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 January; 26(1): 39-45. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10685350

•

Qualitative research in family therapy: a substantive and methodological review. Author(s): Gehart DR, Ratliff DA, Lyle RR. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 April; 27(2): 261-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11314558

88

Family Therapy

•

Qualitative research in family therapy: publication trends from 1980 to 1999. Author(s): Faulkner RA, Klock K, Gale JE. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 69-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813369

•

Rapid cycling depression in adolescence. A case treated with family therapy and carbamazepine. Author(s): Spurkland I, Vandvik IH. Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 1989 July; 80(1): 60-3. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2763860

•

Recent developments in family therapy: a review. Author(s): Clarkin JF, Glick ID. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1982 July; 33(7): 550-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7106716

•

Recognition of parents of schizophrenics from excerpts of family therapy interviews. Author(s): Palombo SR, Merrifield J, Weigert W, Morris GO, Wynne LC. Source: Psychiatry. 1967 November; 30(4): 405-12. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6075302

•

Reductions in criminality subsequent to group, individual, and family therapy in adolescent residential and day treatment settings. Author(s): Byrnes EI, Hansen KG, Malloy TE, Carter C, Curry D. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1999 July; 49(3): 307-22. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10390941

•

Reflections during a study on family therapy with drug addicts. Author(s): Reichelt S, Christensen B. Source: Family Process. 1990 September; 29(3): 273-87. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2209830

•

Reflections on criteria for selection and prognosis in family therapy. Author(s): Steinhauer PD. Source: Can Psychiatr Assoc J. 1968 August; 13(4): 317-22. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5672205

Studies

89

•

Reflections on the circulation of concepts between a biology of cognition and systemic family therapy. Author(s): Varela FJ. Source: Family Process. 1989 March; 28(1): 15-24. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2703049

•

Reflections on ways to create a safe therapeutic culture for children in family therapy. Author(s): Rober O. Source: Family Process. 1998 Summer; 37(2): 201-13. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9693950

•

Reimagining family therapy: reflections on Minuchin's invisible family. Author(s): Anderson H. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1999 January; 25(1): 1-8. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9990515

•

Relabeling in conjoint family therapy. Author(s): Sharp L, Lantz JE. Source: J Psychiatr Nurs Ment Health Serv. 1978 July; 16(7): 29-33. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=213588

•

Reliability of coding affective communication in family therapy sessions. Problems of measurement and interpretation. Author(s): Guttman HA, Spector RM, Sigal JJ, Rakoff V, Epstein NB. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1971 December; 37(3): 397-402. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5121819

•

Residential treatment: should it be concomitant with family therapy? Author(s): Rinsley DB. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1973 June; 130(6): 721. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4701969

•

Resolving a therapeutic impasse between parents and adolescents in multidimensional family therapy. Author(s): Diamond G, Liddle HA. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1996 June; 64(3): 481-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8698940

90

Family Therapy

•

Response structure in deviant child-parent relationships: implications for family therapy. Author(s): Wahler RG, Fox JJ. Source: Nebr Symp Motiv. 1982; 29: 1-46. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7050737

•

Response to "family therapy saves the planet". Author(s): McGoldrick M. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 January; 27(1): 17-8. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11296792

•

Salvador Minuchin's structural family therapy and its application to multicultural family systems. Author(s): Navarre SE. Source: Issues in Mental Health Nursing. 1998 November-December; 19(6): 557-70. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9883131

•

Sandor Ferenczi, the grandfather of family therapy. Author(s): Slipp S. Source: The Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis. 1998 Summer; 26(2): 223-32. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9836177

•

Save the young--the elderly have lived their lives: ageism in marriage and family therapy. Author(s): Ivey DC, Wieling E, Harris SM. Source: Family Process. 2000 Summer; 39(2): 163-75. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10907144

•

Schizophrenia: a study comparing a family therapy group following a paradoxical model plus psychodrugs and a group treated by the conventional clinical approach. Author(s): De Giacomo P, Pierri G, Santoni Rugiu A, Buonsante M, Vadruccio F, Zavoianni L. Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 1997 March; 95(3): 183-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9111850

•

School-based social work and family therapy. Author(s): Millard TL. Source: Adolescence. 1990 Summer; 25(98): 401-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2375265

Studies

91

•

Self issues for family therapy educators. Author(s): Fontes LA, Piercy F, Thomas V, Sprenkle D. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 July; 24(3): 305-20. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9677538

•

Self psychology and family therapy. Author(s): Jacobs EH. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1991 October; 45(4): 483-98. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1781482

•

Setting aside the model in family therapy. Author(s): Hoffman L. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 April; 24(2): 145-56. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9583054

•

SFAT-AM: short family therapy in ambulatory medicine. Treatment approach in 1015 minute encounters. Author(s): Eshet I, Margalit A, Almagor G. Source: Family Practice. 1993 June; 10(2): 178-87. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8359608

•

Social support and treatment outcome in behavioral family therapy for child conduct problems. Author(s): Dadds MR, McHugh TA. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1992 April; 60(2): 252-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1592955

•

Solution-focused family therapy with three aggressive and oppositional-acting children: an N = 1 empirical study. Author(s): Conoley CW, Graham JM, Neu T, Craig MC, O'Pry A, Cardin SA, Brossart DF, Parker RI. Source: Family Process. 2003 Fall; 42(3): 361-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14606200

•

Straight therapists working with lesbians and gays in family therapy. Author(s): Bernstein AC. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 October; 26(4): 443-54. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11042838

92

Family Therapy

•

Strategic family therapy interventions with deaf member families. Author(s): Sloman L, Springer S. Source: Canadian Journal of Psychiatry. Revue Canadienne De Psychiatrie. 1987 October; 32(7): 558-62. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3676987

•

Structural family therapy in chronic illness. Intervention can help produce a more adaptive family structure. Author(s): Griffith JL, Griffith ME. Source: Psychosomatics. 1987 April; 28(4): 202-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3432539

•

Student impairment and remediation in accredited marriage and family therapy programs. Author(s): Russell CS, Peterson CM. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2003 July; 29(3): 329-37. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12870407

•

Systemic family therapy in adult psychiatry. Author(s): Macdonald AJ. Source: The British Journal of Psychiatry; the Journal of Mental Science. 1992 May; 160: 718. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1591592

•

Systemic family therapy in adult psychiatry. A review of 50 families. Author(s): Bloch S, Sharpe M, Allman P. Source: The British Journal of Psychiatry; the Journal of Mental Science. 1991 September; 159: 357-64. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1958946

•

Systemic family therapy. Author(s): Benbow SM, Marriott A, Dawson G. Source: The British Journal of Psychiatry; the Journal of Mental Science. 1992 January; 160: 134. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1544006

•

Systems consultation and Head Start: an alternative to traditional family therapy. Author(s): McDowell T. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1999 April; 25(2): 155-68. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10319289

Studies

93

•

Talking about race using critical race theory: recent trends in the Journal of Marital and Family Therapy. Author(s): McDowell T, Jeris L. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2004 January; 30(1): 81-94. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14763211

•

The Cultural Genogram: experiences from within a marriage and family therapy training program. Author(s): Keiley MK, Dolbin M, Hill J, Karuppaswamy N, Liu T, Natrajan R, Poulsen S, Robbins N, Robinson P. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 April; 28(2): 165-78. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11977377

•

The effect of a family therapy and technology-based intervention on caregiver depression. Author(s): Eisdorfer C, Czaja SJ, Loewenstein DA, Rubert MP, Arguelles S, Mitrani VB, Szapocznik J. Source: The Gerontologist. 2003 August; 43(4): 521-31. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12937331

•

The effective use of enactments in family therapy: a discovery-oriented process study. Author(s): Nichols MP, Fellenberg S. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 April; 26(2): 143-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10776602

•

The heart of the matter: an essay about the effects of managed care on family therapy with children. Author(s): Coffey EP, Olson ME, Sessions P. Source: Family Process. 2001 Winter; 40(4): 385-99. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11802486

•

The hidden meanings of metaphors in family therapy. Author(s): Cederborg AC. Source: Scandinavian Journal of Psychology. 2000 September; 41(3): 217-24. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11041303

•

The influence of individual, marital, and family therapy on high utilizers of health care. Author(s): Law DD, Crane DR, Berge JM. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2003 July; 29(3): 353-63. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12870409

94

Family Therapy

•

The influence of marital and family therapy on health care utilization in a healthmaintenance organization. Author(s): Law DD, Crane DR. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 July; 26(3): 281-91. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10934675

•

The integration of individual therapy and family therapy in the treatment of child and adolescent psychiatric disorders. Author(s): Josephson AM, Serrano A. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2001 July; 10(3): 431-50. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449805

•

The Power Equity Guide: attending to gender in family therapy. Author(s): Haddock SA, Zimmerman TS, MacPhee D. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 April; 26(2): 153-70. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10776603

•

The practice of clinical research in accredited marriage and family therapy programs. Author(s): McWey LM, West SH, Ruble NM, Handy AK, Handy DG, Koshy M, Mills K. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 85-92. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813371

•

The scientist-practitioner model in marriage and family therapy doctoral programs: current status. Author(s): Crane DR, Wampler KS, Sprenkle DH, Sandberg JG, Hovestadt AJ. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 75-83. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813370

•

The spiritual genogram in family therapy. Author(s): Frame MW. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 April; 26(2): 211-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10776607

•

The structure of interpretations in family therapy: a video-enhanced exploration. Author(s): Trierweiler SJ, Nagata DK, Banks JV. Source: Family Process. 2000 Summer; 39(2): 189-205. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10907146

Studies

95

•

The theory, structure, and techniques for the inclusion of children in family therapy: a literature review. Author(s): Lund LK, Zimmerman TS, Haddock SA. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 October; 28(4): 445-54. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12382553

•

The therapeutic alliance in home-based family therapy: is it predictive of outcome? Author(s): Johnson LN, Wright DW, Ketring SA. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 93-102. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813373

•

Therapist perceptions of ethnicity issues in family therapy: a qualitative inquiry. Author(s): Nelson KW, Brendel JM, Mize LK, Lad K, Hancock CC, Pinjala A. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 July; 27(3): 363-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11436428

•

Toward a developmental family therapy: the clinical utility of research on adolescence. Author(s): Liddle HA, Rowe C, Diamond GM, Sessa FM, Schmidt S, Ettinger D. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 October; 26(4): 485-99. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11042841

•

Trends in family therapy supervision: the past 25 years and into the future. Author(s): Lee RE, Nichols DP, Nichols WC, Odom T. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2004 January; 30(1): 61-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14763209

•

Uncommon strategies for a common problem: addressing racism in family therapy. Author(s): Laszloffy TA, Hardy KV. Source: Family Process. 2000 Spring; 39(1): 35-50. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10742930

•

Use of the DSM in marriage and family therapy programs: current practices and attitudes. Author(s): Denton WH, Patterson JE, Van Meir ES. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1997 January; 23(1): 81-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9058554

•

Using psychological assessment in structural family therapy. Author(s): Fulmer RH, Cohen S, Monaco G. Source: Journal of Learning Disabilities. 1985 March; 18(3): 145-50. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3981064

96

Family Therapy

•

Variations in family composition. Implications for family therapy. Author(s): Sargent J. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2001 July; 10(3): 577-99. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449813

•

Welfare emotions and family therapy in geriatrics. Author(s): Grauer H, Betts D, Birnbom F. Source: Journal of the American Geriatrics Society. 1973 January; 21(1): 21-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4682560

•

Wet cocker spaniel therapy: an essay on technique in family therapy. Author(s): Pittman FS 3rd. Source: Family Process. 1984 March; 23(1): 1-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6201390

•

What is an epistemology of family therapy? Author(s): Keeney BP. Source: Family Process. 1982 June; 21(2): 153-68. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7106267

•

What is family therapy? Author(s): Tomson PR. Source: Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine. 1985; 78 Suppl 8: 3-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4009583

•

What makes Susie cry? A symptom-context study of family therapy. Author(s): Crits-Christoph P, Luborsky L, Gay E, Todd T, Barber JP, Luborsky E. Source: Family Process. 1991 September; 30(3): 337-45. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1955020

•

Where is the family in narrative family therapy? Author(s): Minuchin S. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 1998 October; 24(4): 397-403. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9801999

•

Whither countertransference in couples and family therapy: a systemic perspective. Author(s): Kaslow FW. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 2001 August; 57(8): 1029-40. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11449386

Studies

97

•

Why ask, why tell? Teaching and learning about lesbians and gays in family therapy. Author(s): Green RJ. Source: Family Process. 1996 September; 35(3): 389-400. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9111717

•

Working-through in conjoint family therapy. Author(s): Rakoff V, Sigal JJ, Epstein NB. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1967 October; 21(4): 782-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6065662

99

CHAPTER 2. ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE AND FAMILY THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we will begin by introducing you to official information sources on complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) relating to family therapy. At the conclusion of this chapter, we will provide additional sources.

National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine The National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine (NCCAM) of the National Institutes of Health (http://nccam.nih.gov/) has created a link to the National Library of Medicine’s databases to facilitate research for articles that specifically relate to family therapy and complementary medicine. To search the database, go to the following Web site: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/nccam/camonpubmed.html. Select “CAM on PubMed.” Enter “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box. Click “Go.” The following references provide information on particular aspects of complementary and alternative medicine that are related to family therapy: •

A wake up call: comment on “lived religion and family therapy”. Author(s): Doherty WJ. Source: Family Process. 2003 Spring; 42(1): 181-3. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12698607

•

A wolf in sheep's clothing? Simultaneous use of structural family therapy and behavior modification in a case of encopresis and enuresis. Author(s): Rydzinski JW, Kaplan SL. Source: Hillside J Clin Psychiatry. 1985; 7(1): 71-81. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4018726

•

Adjunctive trance and family therapy for terminal cancer. Author(s): Pettitt GA.

100

Family Therapy

Source: N Z Med J. 1979 January 10; 89(627): 18-21. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=285366 •

Advances in coaching: family therapy with one person. Author(s): McGoldrick M, Carter B. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2001 July; 27(3): 281-300. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11436422

•

Connections and themes of spirituality in family therapy. Author(s): Rivett M, Street E. Source: Family Process. 2001 Winter; 40(4): 459-67. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11802491

•

Culture at work: Family therapy and the culture concept in post-World War II America. Author(s): Weinstein DF. Source: Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences. 2004 Winter; 40(1): 23-46. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14724915

•

Eliciting children's thinking in families and family therapy. Author(s): Cooklin A. Source: Family Process. 2001 Fall; 40(3): 293-312. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11676270

•

Expanding Bowen's legacy to family therapy: a response to Horne and Hicks. Author(s): Knudson-Martin C. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 January; 28(1): 115-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11813359

•

Families with cancer: insights from family therapy. Author(s): Burton LA. Source: Journal of Health Care Chaplaincy. 1992; 4(1-2): 57-72. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10124194

•

Family therapy as a treatment modality for alcoholism. Author(s): Usher ML, Jay J, Glass DR Jr. Source: J Stud Alcohol. 1982 September; 43(9): 927-38. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7166960

•

Family therapy in Czechoslovakia: an aspect of group-centered psychotherapy. Author(s): Knoblochova J, Knobloch F.

Alternative Medicine 101

Source: Int Psychiatry Clin. 1970; 7(4): 55-80. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5460269 •

Family therapy in the hospital treatment of children and adolescents. Author(s): Hyland PS. Source: Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic. 1990 Winter; 54(1): 48-63. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2302475

•

Family therapy of extrafamilial sexual abuse. Author(s): Roesler TA, Savin D, Grosz C. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 1993 September; 32(5): 967-70. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8407771

•

Family therapy training: an evaluation of a workshop. Author(s): Churven P, McKinnon T. Source: Family Process. 1982 September; 21(3): 345-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7128771

•

Family therapy with Irish-Americans. Author(s): McGoldrick M, Pearce JK. Source: Family Process. 1981 June; 20(2): 223-44. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7250357

•

Family therapy with single, young adults. Author(s): Haber J. Source: Perspectives in Psychiatric Care. 1981 September-December; 19(5-6): 174-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6917974

•

Family therapy. Author(s): Rubinstein D. Source: Prog Neurol Psychiatry. 1971; 26: 459-72. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5164246

•

Family therapy. One role of the clinical specialist in psychiatric nursing. Author(s): Cain AO. Source: Nurs Clin North Am. 1986 September; 21(3): 483-92. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3638702

•

Healing traumatized children: creating illustrated storybooks in family therapy. Author(s): Hanney L, Kozlowska K.

102

Family Therapy

Source: Family Process. 2002 Spring; 41(1): 37-65. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11924089 •

Holistic family therapy: individuals or families? A therapist's perspective. Author(s): Cuff-Carney D. Source: Holistic Nursing Practice. 1987 November; 2(1): 45-51. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3667730

•

Homeopathic remedies as metaphors in family therapy. A narrative-based approach to homeopathy. Author(s): Konitzer M, Renee A, Doering T. Source: Homeopathy. 2003 April; 92(2): 77-83. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12725249

•

Ho'oponopono, “to make right”: Hawaiian conflict resolution and metaphor in the construction of a family therapy. Author(s): Ito KL. Source: Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry. 1985 June; 9(2): 201-17. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4017619

•

Hypnosis and family therapy. Author(s): Braun BG. Source: Am J Clin Hypn. 1984 January; 26(3): 182-6. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6385685

•

Hypnotherapy and conjoint family therapy: a viable treatment combination. Author(s): Churchill JE. Source: Am J Clin Hypn. 1986 January; 28(3): 170-6. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3946286

•

Hypnotherapy and family therapy for the cancer patient: a case study. Author(s): Kaye JM. Source: Am J Clin Hypn. 1984 July; 27(1): 38-41. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6507332

•

Learning multiple family therapy through simulated workshops. Author(s): Raasoch J, Laqueur HP. Source: Family Process. 1979 March; 18(1): 95-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=437073

•

Lived religion and family therapy: what does spirituality have to do with it? Author(s): Wendel R.


Source: Family Process. 2003 Spring; 42(1): 165-79. Erratum In: Fam Process. 2003 Summer; 42(2): 184. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12698606 •

Management of the patient with hyperemesis gravidarum in family therapy with hypnotherapy as an adjunct. Author(s): Smith BJ. Source: J N Y State Nurses Assoc. 1982 March; 13(1): 17-26. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6951966

•

Material, myth, and magic: a cultural approach to family therapy. Author(s): Seltzer WJ, Seltzer MR. Source: Family Process. 1983 March; 22(1): 3-14. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6840259

•

Mind-body problems in family therapy: contrasting first- and second-order cybernetics approaches. Author(s): Griffith JL, Griffith ME, Slovik LS. Source: Family Process. 1990 March; 29(1): 13-28. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2311750

•

Multiple family therapy. Author(s): Lindsay J, Pollard D. Source: The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry. 1974 September; 8(3): 181-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4141249

•

Paradox and polarity: the Tao of family therapy. Author(s): Jordan JR. Source: Family Process. 1985 June; 24(2): 165-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4018239

•

Play and family therapy as core skills for child psychiatry: some implications of Piaget's theory for integrations in training and practice. Author(s): Fine P. Source: Child Psychiatry and Human Development. 1982 Winter; 13(2): 79-96. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7182115

•

Practice and training in family therapy: a known group study. Author(s): Kolevzon MS, Green RG.

104

Family Therapy

Source: Family Process. 1983 June; 22(2): 179-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6873263 •

Professional politics and the concepts of family therapy, family consultation, and systems consultation. Author(s): Wynne LC, McDaniel SH, Weber TT. Source: Family Process. 1987 June; 26(2): 153-66. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3595823

•

Recreational multifamily therapy for troubled children. Author(s): Greenfield BJ, Senecal J. Source: The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry. 1995 July; 65(3): 434-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7485429

•

Scripts and legends in families and family therapy. Author(s): Byng-Hall J. Source: Family Process. 1988 June; 27(2): 167-79. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3396682

•

Spiritual issues in family therapy: a graduate-level course. Author(s): Patterson J, Hayworth M, Turner C, Raskin M. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2000 April; 26(2): 199-210. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10776606

•

Structural family therapy with chronic pain patients. Author(s): Kunzer MB. Source: Issues in Mental Health Nursing. 1986; 8(3): 213-22. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3647956

•

Surviving cancer competently intervention program (SCCIP): a cognitive-behavioral and family therapy intervention for adolescent survivors of childhood cancer and their families. Author(s): Kazak AE, Simms S, Barakat L, Hobbie W, Foley B, Golomb V, Best M. Source: Family Process. 1999 Summer; 38(2): 175-91. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10407719

•

The role of mutual support groups and family therapy for caregivers of demented elderly. Author(s): Goldstein MZ. Source: J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1990; 23(2): 117-28. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2290015


•

The Xhosa healers of Southern Africa: 3. A family therapy session with a dream as central content. Author(s): Buhrmann MV, Gqomfa JN. Source: The Journal of Analytical Psychology. 1982 January; 27(1): 41-57. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7061346

•

Trends in author characteristics and diversity issues in the Journal of Marital and Family Therapy from 1990 to 2000. Author(s): Bailey CE, Pryce J, Walsh F. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 October; 28(4): 479-86. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12382556

Additional Web Resources A number of additional Web sites offer encyclopedic information covering CAM and related topics. The following is a representative sample: •

Alternative Medicine Foundation, Inc.: http://www.herbmed.org/

•

AOL: http://search.aol.com/cat.adp?id=169&layer=&from=subcats

•

Chinese Medicine: http://www.newcenturynutrition.com/

•

drkoop.com: http://www.drkoop.com/InteractiveMedicine/IndexC.html

•

Family Village: http://www.familyvillage.wisc.edu/med_altn.htm

•

Google: http://directory.google.com/Top/Health/Alternative/

•

Healthnotes: http://www.healthnotes.com/

•

MedWebPlus: http://medwebplus.com/subject/Alternative_and_Complementary_Medicine

•

Open Directory Project: http://dmoz.org/Health/Alternative/

•

HealthGate: http://www.tnp.com/

•

WebMDHealth: http://my.webmd.com/drugs_and_herbs

•

WholeHealthMD.com: http://www.wholehealthmd.com/reflib/0,1529,00.html

•

Yahoo.com: http://dir.yahoo.com/Health/Alternative_Medicine/

The following is a specific Web list relating to family therapy; please note that any particular subject below may indicate either a therapeutic use, or a contraindication (potential danger), and does not reflect an official recommendation: •

General Overview Anorexia Nervosa Source: Integrative Medicine Communications; www.drkoop.com

106

Family Therapy

Breast Cancer Source: Healthnotes, Inc.; www.healthnotes.com Bulimia Nervosa Source: Integrative Medicine Communications; www.drkoop.com Depression Source: Integrative Medicine Communications; www.drkoop.com Eating Disorders Source: Healthnotes, Inc.; www.healthnotes.com •

Alternative Therapy Hypnotherapy Source: Integrative Medicine Communications; www.drkoop.com Mind & Body Medicine Source: Integrative Medicine Communications; www.drkoop.com

General References A good place to find general background information on CAM is the National Library of Medicine. It has prepared within the MEDLINEplus system an information topic page dedicated to complementary and alternative medicine. To access this page, go to the MEDLINEplus site at http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/alternativemedicine.html. This Web site provides a general overview of various topics and can lead to a number of general sources.

107

CHAPTER 3. DISSERTATIONS ON FAMILY THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we will give you a bibliography on recent dissertations relating to family therapy. We will also provide you with information on how to use the Internet to stay current on dissertations. IMPORTANT NOTE: When following the search strategy described below, you may discover non-medical dissertations that use the generic term “family therapy” (or a synonym) in their titles. To accurately reflect the results that you might find while conducting research on family therapy, we have not necessarily excluded non-medical dissertations in this bibliography.

Dissertations on Family Therapy ProQuest Digital Dissertations, the largest archive of academic dissertations available, is located at the following Web address: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations. From this archive, we have compiled the following list covering dissertations devoted to family therapy. You will see that the information provided includes the dissertation’s title, its author, and the institution with which the author is associated. The following covers recent dissertations found when using this search procedure: •

A comparative outcome study of family therapy and positive parenting with court referred adolescents by Ezzo, Frank Ronald, PhD from Case Western Reserve University, 1980, 111 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8013836

•

A comparison of multiple impact therapy and frequent family therapy in the inpatient treatment setting by Timmons, Carolyn Williamson, PhD from Texas Woman's University, 1988, 110 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8827499

•

A comparison of state laws governing marriage and family therapy in the United States by Swain, Karl, PhD From United States International University, 1980, 102 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8017122

108

Family Therapy

•

A comparison of the effects of audio-video taping upon selected self-awareness factors with groups of family therapy trainees by sousa, Sharon Ann Braga, EdD from Boston University School of Education, 1983, 197 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8309720

•

A critical appraisal of structural family therapy as a resource in pastoral counseling by Palomino O., Hebert, PhD from Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1995, 259 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9707455

•

A description of dyadic interaction before and after the employment of selected structural family therapy techniques by Hartman, Clifford A., EdD from East Texas State University, 1984, 301 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8414790

•

A graduate-level course on the family therapy of alcoholism: A Delphi study by Eastwood, Matthew Mark, PhD from Purdue University, 1990, 158 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9031315

•

A graduate-level curriculum for marriage and family therapy education by Winkle, Charles Wayne, EdD from East Texas State University, 1980, 175 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8027689

•

A model for parish ministry based on Virginia Satir's family therapy and Paul Tillich's Doctrine of Salvation. by Welch, Gerald Douglas, DMIN from School of Theology at Claremont, 1976, 73 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7619880

•

A preliminary contribution to an understanding of the use of playfulness in family therapy (problem-solving, paradox, humor) by Christiansen, Norman Henrik, EdD from University of Massachusetts, 1985, 186 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8517088

•

A qualitative examination of the parallel processes of family therapy and family therapy supervision by Wark, Linda Jean, PhD from Purdue University, 1990, 256 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9116476

•

A social-cultural analysis and family therapy approach to the Korean family in transition by Taek, Hong Young, PhD from the Iliff School of Theology and University of Denver, 1993, 192 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9407553

•

A study of counselor trainees on the variables of self-concept, gender, styles of counseling, and choice of family therapy as a specialty by Eden, David Macrae, PhD from Oregon State University, 1985, 124 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8514821

•

A study of the development of family therapy as a treatment modality by Gajdos, Kathleen Curzie, PhD from University of Pittsburgh, 1983, 244 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8327670

•

An analysis of family of origin roles among family therapy supervisors, family therapists, and family therapy trainees by Cassis, Marilyn Jo, PhD from Florida State University, 1988, 251 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8819143

Dissertations 109

•

An assessment of training needs of counselors participating in a home-based family therapy program by Lukenda, Elaine, PsyD from Rutgers the State University Of New Jersey, G.S.A.P.P., 1997, 247 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9731145

•

An ethnography of family therapy supervision by McInnis, Marguerite Chantrelle, PhD from Florida State University, 1997, 178 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9725011

•

An evaluation of the use of the bug-in-the-ear device in the live supervision and training of marriage and family therapy students by Gallant, Joseph Paul, PhD from Florida State University, 1988, 159 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8819147

•

An examination of ethnographic research methodology in family therapy in the context of Rogers' Innovation-Decision Process Model by Robbins, John Michael, PhD from Florida State University, 1994, 177 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9434114

•

An examination of family systems medicine and the practice of medical family therapy in the context of a bidirectional model by Pereira, M.Grace Alves, PhD from Florida State University, 1995, 239 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9540059

•

AN EXPLORATORY ANALYSIS OF SPECIFIC THERAPIST SKILLS AND CORRESPONDING CHANGES IN FAMILY BEHAVIORS DURING MARITAL AND FAMILY THERAPY SESSIONS by MITCHELL, CHADWICK DAN, PHD from TEXAS WOMAN'S UNIVERSITY, 1982, 129 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8312284

•

AN INITIAL INVESTIGATION OF THE EFFECTS OF FAMILY THERAPY ON ADAPTABILITY AND COHESION IN CANCER PATIENT FAMILIES by BELLOMO, PATRICIA ANN, PHD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TOLEDO, 1985, 172 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8607489

•

Deconstructing social class: Theoretical and historical contexts for conversations in family therapy education by Barolet, Lynne M. Rigney, PhD from UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA, 2002, 532 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3083968

•

DOCTORAL STUDENT-FACULTY RELATIONSHIPS IN MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY PROGRAMS AS MEDIATED BY PERSONAL AUTHORITY by STRICKLIN, GARY JAY, PHD from KANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY, 1985, 135 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8515975

•

Does structural family therapy really change the family structure? An examination of process variables by Walsh, James Edward, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 2003, 101 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3116218

•

DROPPING OUT AFTER THE INITIAL FAMILY THERAPY INTERVIEW. by SHULEM, BARUCH DAVID, PHD from WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, 1979, 172 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7918617

110

Family Therapy

•

Effects of medical family therapy on rehabilitation of cerebral vascular accident patients and their families by Chewning, Dudley Grady, EdD from EAST TEXAS STATE UNIVERSITY, 1995, 57 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9600114

•

Effects of multidimensional family therapy on the school performance of adolescent substance abusers by Palmer, Ruth Baugher, PhD from TEMPLE UNIVERSITY, 1994, 147 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9512857

•

Efficacy of attachment-oriented family therapy interventions for children with development disabilities: An exploratory descriptive study of process and outcome in a therapeutic preschool by Brauner, Thomas Edwin, PhD from SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL FOR SOCIAL WORK, 2003, 237 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3087803

•

Empowerment in family therapy with multiproblem families by Heemsbergen, Jacqueline, PhD from UNIVERSITY OF ALBERTA (CANADA), 1992, 127 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/NN73273

•

EVALUATION OF FAMILY THERAPY TRAINING by TUCKER, SHERRY JILL, PHD from NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY, 1981, 276 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8204968

•

Exploring the discourse of race, ethnicity, and culture in clinical supervision of marriage and family therapy utilizing conversation analysis by Lawless, John Joseph, PhD from UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA, 2000, 108 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9984166

•

FACTORS INFLUENCING THE UTILIZATION OF FAMILY THERAPY IN PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL ORGANIZATIONS by JUST, JOSEPH LAWRENCE, JR., PHD from VIRGINIA COMMONWEALTH UNIVERSITY, 1984, 146 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8416803

•

FAMILY INTERACTION AND PROPERTIES OF SELF-ORGANIZING SYSTEMS: A STUDY OF FAMILY THERAPY WITH ADDICT FAMILIES by STEIER, FREDERICK, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, 1983, 321 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8316093

•

Family therapy and urban poverty: Structural Family Therapy in context by Sessions, Phebe Burwell, PhD from BRANDEIS U., THE F. HELLER GRAD. SCH. FOR ADV. STUD. IN SOC. WEL., 1991, 396 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9129526

•

From a child's perspective: How children in family therapy characterize their families and view therapeutic change by De La Cruz, Maria Pura, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 2001, 165 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3036591

•

FROM THE INSIDE OUT AND OTHER METAPHORS: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH TO TRAINING IN MULTICENTRIC SYSTEMS THINKING AS DERIVED FROM A FAMILY THERAPY TRAINING PROGRAM by DUHL, BUNNY S., EDD from UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS, 1982, 484 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8219805

•

IMPLICATIONS FOR A NEW SCIENTIFIC PARADIGM FOR FAMILY THERAPY DERIVED FROM THE THEORETICAL WORKS OF HUMBERTO MATURANA

Dissertations 111

AND MARTIN HEIDEGGER by HURST, JOSEPH BRANNAN, III, EDD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TOLEDO, 1988, 199 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8812213 •

Inpatient family therapy on an adolescent unit: Examining its effect on general family functioning and on the identified patient's general functioning by Silvis, Cindy Maxine, PsyD from UNIVERSITY OF NORTHERN COLORADO, 1991, 80 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9202435

•

Integrative experiential family therapy with minorities: A phenomenologicalethnographic study by Goberman-Cabouli, Liliana, PsyD from ALLIANT INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY, SAN DIEGO, 2003, 255 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3119425

•

Interactional analysis of family therapy sessions by Woods, Kathleen Patricia, EdD from COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY TEACHERS COLLEGE, 1990, 120 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9021308

•

Learning process in family therapy an experimental perspective by Shurina-Egan, Jennifer; PhD from UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO (CANADA), 1985 http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/NL23452

•

Managing dissensus in family therapy supervision: A conversation analysis by Ratliff, Dan Allen, PhD from TEXAS TECH UNIVERSITY, 1992, 259 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9226305

•

Metaphoric pastoral family therapy (Afrikaans text) by van den Berg, Jan Albert, PhD from UNIVERSITY OF PRETORIA (SOUTH AFRICA), 1999 http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/f1946377

•

Multiple formats in the collaborative application of the 'as if' technique in the process of family therapy supervision by St. George, Sally Ann, PhD from IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY, 1994, 249 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9503595

•

Organization, development, and implementation of a family therapy program in a private non-profit mental health center by Hoffman, Leroy Ervin, EdD from UNIVERSITY OF OREGON, 1992, 96 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9305211

•

Parents' perspective of the effectiveness of family therapy for children's schoolrelated problems by Cormier, Sandra Louise Cano, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 2000, 151 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3004243

•

Passing on family stories: Family therapy with grandparents raising grandchildren by Walter, Anne Elizabeth, PsyD from THE WRIGHT INSTITUTE, 2003, 183 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3084499

•

Perceived effects of managed care and academic training on family therapy practice in private, nonprofit agencies by Moore, Maureen M., PhD from TEXAS WOMAN'S UNIVERSITY, 1997, 129 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9818564

•

Predictors of research productivity and research-related career goals among marriage and family therapy doctoral students by Pietsch, Ursula Kathryn, PhD from PURDUE UNIVERSITY, 2003, 109 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3113860

112

Family Therapy

•

Promoting happiness through family therapy and family life ministries by Townsend, Ricky Lee, DMin from FULLER THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, DOCTOR OF MINISTRY PROGRAM, 1989, 384 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8916189

•

REDEMPTION THROUGH 'RETRIBALIZATION': A SOCIOLOGY OF KNOWLEDGE ANALYSIS OF THE FAMILY THERAPY MOVEMENT. by BRODKIN, ADELE MEYER, PHD from RUTGERS THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW JERSEY - NEW BRUNSWICK, 1977, 329 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7724959

•

Status characteristics and the family therapy situation: An investigation of the influence of gender, race, and experience in a couple therapy situation by Wonder, Holly Jean, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA, 1998, 111 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9904368

•

STRUCTURAL FAMILY THERAPY OF A FAMILY WITH A HYPERACTIVE CHILD: A SINGLE-SUBJECT INVESTIGATION by FLYNN, RAY JENNINGS, DSW from THE UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA, 1985, 197 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8612297

•

Supervisor behaviors as predictors of therapist and family behaviors in family therapy live supervision by Frankel, Barbara Ruth, PhD from PURDUE UNIVERSITY, 1988, 222 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8911905

•

The application of Milan systemic family therapy in a training context: A grounded theory study by Tanji, Joy M., PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA LINCOLN, 1995, 210 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9600758

•

The development of a client self-report instrument to measure satisfaction with family therapy treatment by Paddock, Glen Benjamin, PhD from PURDUE UNIVERSITY, 1990, 145 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9116444

•

The development of a feminist family therapy scale by Black, Leora Elizabeth, PhD from PURDUE UNIVERSITY, 1989, 124 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9008576

•

The effect of experiential family therapy (ROPES) on changes in attributional and defensive communication patterns for adolescent sexual offenders by Tillotson, Suzanna Marie, PhD from SAINT LOUIS UNIVERSITY, 1994, 164 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9531424

•

THE EFFECT OF SHORT-TERM FAMILY THERAPY ON THE SOCIAL FUNCTIONING OF THE CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC AND HIS FAMILY by BEKIR-THISTLE, PAMELA ALIYE, DSW from NEW YORK UNIVERSITY, 1987, 318 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8722139

•

THE EFFECTS OF A FORTY WEEK FAMILY THERAPY TRAINING PROGRAM ON THE ORGANIZATION AND TRAINEES. by BETOF, NILA GOODMAN, PHD from TEMPLE UNIVERSITY, 1977, 161 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7812184

Dissertations 113

•

The effects of post-divorce family therapy on children by Marotta, Antonio Bernard, PhD from TEXAS TECH UNIVERSITY, 2000, 116 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9980608

•

The effects of two methods of teaching family therapy on students' motivation, interest, and learning by Ball, Derek Allen, PhD from PURDUE UNIVERSITY, 2000, 106 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3018163

•

The efficacy of brief strategic family therapy with inmate populations by Fox, Patricia C., EdD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH DAKOTA, 1995, 197 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9620863

•

The experiences of marriage and family therapy supervisors and supervisees by Disque, J. Graham, Jr., PhD from VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE AND STATE UNIVERSITY, 1992, 203 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9306154

•

THE HELPING RESPONSE: A STUDY AND CRITIQUE OF FAMILY THERAPY WITH SUGGESTED IMPLICATIONS FOR THEOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY by VAN DEN BLINK, ARIE JOHANNES, THD from PRINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1972, 420 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7224729

•

The impact of family therapy on family interaction patterns ten case reports by Sterk, Jane; PhD from UNIVERSITY OF ALBERTA (CANADA), 1982 http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/NK60413

•

The impact of trainee characteristics on family therapy skill acquisition of novice therapists by Goodman, Rita Lawler, PhD from UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA, 1991, 219 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9219184

•

The pathological family: A cultural history of family therapy in post-World War II America by Weinstein, Deborah Fran, PhD from HARVARD UNIVERSITY, 2002, 367 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3067451

•

THE PHENOMENOLOGICAL CONCEPT OF THE BODY AS A GROUNDING FOR THE NEW EPISTEMOLOGY IN FAMILY THERAPY (MERLEAU-PONTY) by KIRK, SHARON F., PHD from THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY, 1986, 147 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8705375

•

The relationship between the use of family therapy in children's residential treatment facilities and length of treatment by Edwards, Jeffrey Kent, EdD from NORTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY, 1991, 225 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9214449

•

The reported use and utility of training and supervisory practices in marriage and family therapy training programs: A study of external and internal practices by Schlossberg, Margaret Cochran, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT, 2000, 138 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9963291

114

Family Therapy

•

The role of pastor in the healing of families at Westminster United Presbyterian Church--an approach to family therapy in the church's ministry by Moslener, Ronald Walter, DMin from FULLER THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, DOCTOR OF MINISTRY PROGRAM, 1988, 234 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8911151

•

The social production of clinical knowledge: A case study of family therapy in the United States, 1937-1978 by McLean, Athena Helen, PhD from TEMPLE UNIVERSITY, 1990, 469 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9100312

•

THE USE OF FAMILY THERAPY THEORY IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF A PRIMARY PREVENTION PROGRAM by STAUBER, KATHLEEN WESTROPP, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO, 1982, 159 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8304243

•

THE USE OF FAMILY THERAPY WITH SPECIAL NEEDS CHILDREN AND THEIR FAMILIES by COSTANZO, JOSEPH P., EDD from UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS, 1983, 141 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8317431

•

TOWARD A HOME FOR FAMILY THERAPY IN A COMMUNITY OF MEANING: JOSIAH ROYCE AND AN ETHICALLY BASED PSYCHOTHERAPY by KARPELL, MERRILY BOYD, PHD from TEMPLE UNIVERSITY, 1987, 310 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8716377

•

TRADITIONAL VS. CULTURALLY SENSITIVE FAMILY THERAPY SESSIONS: A COMPARISON OF RATINGS BY CUBAN IMMIGRANTS by TACHER, ROBERTO DAVID, PHD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 1987, 189 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8717548

Keeping Current Ask the medical librarian at your library if it has full and unlimited access to the ProQuest Digital Dissertations database. From the library, you should be able to do more complete searches via http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations.

115

CHAPTER 4. BOOKS ON FAMILY THERAPY Overview This chapter provides bibliographic book references relating to family therapy. In addition to online booksellers such as www.amazon.com and www.bn.com, excellent sources for book titles on family therapy include the Combined Health Information Database and the National Library of Medicine. Your local medical library also may have these titles available for loan.

Book Summaries: Federal Agencies The Combined Health Information Database collects various book abstracts from a variety of healthcare institutions and federal agencies. To access these summaries, go directly to the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. You will need to use the “Detailed Search” option. To find book summaries, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language you prefer. For the format option, select “Monograph/Book.” Now type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. You should check back periodically with this database which is updated every three months. The following is a typical result when searching for books on family therapy: •

Aging and Family Therapy: Practitioner Perspectives on Golden Pond Source: New York, NY: Haworth Press. 1989. 244 p. Contact: Available from Haworth Press. 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580. (607) 722-5857; (800) 342-9678. PRICE: $49.95. Summary: This book provides the family therapy practitioner with information, reference sources, and other tools to help provide effective therapeutic intervention with the elderly and their families. Most problem behaviors among the elderly occur in the setting of the family; family therapists can address these behaviors as part of an overall context of the older adult's life and can design interventions that address many areas of that life. Family therapists are particularly useful when mental impairments of elderly family members, such as Alzheimer's disease, cause disruption of family patterns and stress among family caregivers. This book addresses topics such as psychotherapy of the

116

Family Therapy

elderly, the life review, parent-child relationships, reversible mental illness, depression, suicide prevention, family financial counseling, sexual dysfunction, legal implications of elderly cohabitation, alcohol problems among the elderly, retirement, and bereavement. Chapters on family caregiving and support and on psychotherapy with families caring for an Alzheimer's patient are particularly relevant to patients with dementia and their families. 317 references.

Book Summaries: Online Booksellers Commercial Internet-based booksellers, such as Amazon.com and Barnes&Noble.com, offer summaries which have been supplied by each title’s publisher. Some summaries also include customer reviews. Your local bookseller may have access to in-house and commercial databases that index all published books (e.g. Books in Print). IMPORTANT NOTE: Online booksellers typically produce search results for medical and non-medical books. When searching for “family therapy” at online booksellers’ Web sites, you may discover non-medical books that use the generic term “family therapy” (or a synonym) in their titles. The following is indicative of the results you might find when searching for “family therapy” (sorted alphabetically by title; follow the hyperlink to view more details at Amazon.com): •

101 Interventions in Family Therapy Y by Thorana S. Nelson, Terry S. Trepper; ISBN: 1560241934; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1560241934/icongroupinterna

•

An Introduction to Marriage and Family Therapy (Haworth Marriage and the Family) by Lorna L., Ph.D. Hecker, Joseph L., Ph.D. Wetchler; ISBN: 0789002779; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0789002779/icongroupinterna

•

Battering and Family Therapy : A Feminist Perspective by Marsali Hansen (Editor), Michele Harway (Editor); ISBN: 0803943210; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0803943210/icongroupinterna

•

Behavioral Family Therapy for Psychiatric Disorders 2 Ed by Kim Tornvall Mueser, et al; ISBN: 1572241438; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1572241438/icongroupinterna

•

Beyond Technique in Family Therapy : Finding Your Therapeutic Voice by George Simon; ISBN: 0205341160; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0205341160/icongroupinterna

•

Brief Family Therapy Homework Planner by Louis J. Bevilacqua, et al; ISBN: 0471385123; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471385123/icongroupinterna

•

Challenging Family Therapy Situations: Perspectives in Social Construction by Joan D. Atwood; ISBN: 0826198201; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0826198201/icongroupinterna

•

Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in the Practice of Marriage and Family Therapy (3rd Edition) by Samuel T. Gladding, et al; ISBN: 0137692331; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0137692331/icongroupinterna

•

Family Exploration: Personal Viewpoints from Multiple Perspectives : A Workbook for Family Therapy : An Overview by Irene Goldenberg; ISBN: 0534557597; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0534557597/icongroupinterna

Books

117

•

Handbook of Family Therapy Training and Supervision by Howard A. Liddle, et al; ISBN: 0898620732; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0898620732/icongroupinterna

•

Integrating Individual and Family Therapy (Brunner/Mazel Integrative Psychotherapy Series, No 4) by Larry B. Feldman; ISBN: 0876306237; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0876306237/icongroupinterna

•

Living on the Razor's Edge: Solution-Oriented Brief Family Therapy with SelfHarming Adolescents by Matthew D. Selekman; ISBN: 0393703355; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0393703355/icongroupinterna

•

Marriage and Family Therapy Review: Preparing for Comprehensive & Licensing Examinations by Robert H. Coombs; ISBN: 0805851755; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0805851755/icongroupinterna

•

Mastering Family Therapy : Journeys of Growth and Transformation by Salvador Minuchin, et al; ISBN: 0471155586; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471155586/icongroupinterna

•

Metaframeworks: Transcending the Models of Family Therapy (JOSSEY BASS SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE SERIES) by Douglas C. Breunlin, et al; ISBN: 1555424260; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1555424260/icongroupinterna

•

Multigenerational Family Therapy (Haworth Marriage & the Family) by David S. Freeman; ISBN: 1560241268; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1560241268/icongroupinterna

•

Problem-Solving Therapy: New Strategies for Effective Family Therapy (Jossey-Bass Behavioral Science Series) by Jay Haley; ISBN: 0875893007; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0875893007/icongroupinterna

•

Procedures in Marriage and Family Therapy (3rd Edition) by Gregory W. Brock, Charles P. Barnard; ISBN: 0205287824; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0205287824/icongroupinterna

•

Process Family Therapy: An Eclectic Approach to Family Therapy (Family Therapy) by Marvin Snider; ISBN: 0205132618; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0205132618/icongroupinterna

•

Satir Model: Family Therapy and Beyond by Virginia Satir, et al; ISBN: 0831400781; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0831400781/icongroupinterna

•

Self-Starvation: From Individual to Family Therapy in the Treatment of Anorexia Nervosa by Mara Selvini Palazzoli; ISBN: 0876687575; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0876687575/icongroupinterna

•

The Art of Psychotherapy : Case Studies from the Family Therapy Networker by Richard Simon (Editor), et al; ISBN: 0471191310; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471191310/icongroupinterna

•

The Family Therapy Progress Notes Planner (Practice Planners) by David J. Berghuis, Arthur E. Jongsma; ISBN: 0471484431; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471484431/icongroupinterna

•

The Integrative Family Therapy Supervisor: A Primer by Robert E. Lee, Craig A. Everett; ISBN: 0415945585; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0415945585/icongroupinterna

118

Family Therapy

•

The Practice of Family Therapy : Key Elements Across Models by Suzanne Midori Hanna; ISBN: 0534522513; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0534522513/icongroupinterna

•

The Process of Change (The Guilford family therapy series) by Peggy Papp; ISBN: 089862052X; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/089862052X/icongroupinterna

•

The Ways We Love: A Developmental Approach to Treating Couples (Guilford Family Therapy Series) by Sheila A. Sharpe; ISBN: 1593850190; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1593850190/icongroupinterna

Chapters on Family Therapy In order to find chapters that specifically relate to family therapy, an excellent source of abstracts is the Combined Health Information Database. You will need to limit your search to book chapters and family therapy using the “Detailed Search” option. Go to the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. To find book chapters, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language you prefer, and the format option “Book Chapter.” Type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. The following is a typical result when searching for book chapters on family therapy: •

Behavioral Pain Management Source: in Bayless, T.M. and Hanauer, S.B. Advanced Therapy of Inflammatory Bowel Disease. Hamilton, Ontario: B.C. Decker Inc. 2001. p. 587-591. Contact: Available from B.C. Decker Inc. 20 Hughson Street South, P.O. Box 620, L.C.D. 1 Hamilton, Ontario L8N 3K7. (905) 522-7017 or (800) 568-7281. Fax (905) 522-7839. Email: [email protected]. Website: www.bcdecker.com. PRICE: $129.00 plus shipping and handling. ISBN: 1550091220. Summary: This chapter on behavioral pain management is from the second edition of a book devoted to the details of medical, surgical, and supportive management of patients with Crohn's disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC), together known as inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). In addition to symptoms of diarrhea, rectal bleeding, and weight loss, abdominal pain is described by more than 75 percent of patients with inflammatory bowel disease. Although psychological characteristics have not been shown to cause inflammatory bowel disease, patients having this disorder have been found to be more hypochondriacal, depressed, anxious, obsessive-compulsive, and nonassertive than normal control populations in many studies, even though there are some exceptions. In addition, patients with IBD have been reported by some investigators as being similar to patients diagnosed with psychosomatic disorders such as spastic colitis on measures of anxiety, neurotic tendencies, or affective disorders. These findings have led to the conclusion that the interaction between emotional stress and psychological characteristics can affect the onset or exacerbation of symptoms associated with IBD. As a consequence, behaviorally based treatments useful in the management of chronic pain arising from other disorders can be applied in the treatment of pain associated with IBD. The author offers guidelines for recognizing patients with a chronic pain syndrome, summarizes the important facets of the physician-patient relationship, and outlines specific behavioral pain management for IBD, including stress management, somatic anxiety, biofeedback, relaxation training, behavior therapy, and family therapy; the use

Books

119

of narcotic analgesic (pain killing) medications is also mentioned. The chapter concludes with a case report that illustrates the successful treatment of chronic pain in a patient with IBD. 13 references.

Directories In addition to the references and resources discussed earlier in this chapter, a number of directories relating to family therapy have been published that consolidate information across various sources. The Combined Health Information Database lists the following, which you may wish to consult in your local medical library:4 •

Teen survival handbook Source: Washington, DC: Office of Maternal and Child Health, District of Columbia Government. n.d. ca. 40 pp. Contact: Available from Barbara Hatcher, Ph.D., R.N., District of Columbia Department of Human Services, Office of Maternal and Child Health, 825 North Capitol Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20002. Telephone: (202) 442-4788 / fax: (202) 442-5925. Contact for cost information. Summary: This directory lists agencies and services for adolescents in the DC Healthy Start Initiative project area. Agency names, addresses, and phone numbers are listed, by district, for the following services: 1) STDs and HIV treatment; 2) family planning, prenatal care, and postpartum care; 3) alcohol and drug counseling; 4) violence prevention; 5) family therapy and mental health; 6) child care; 7) education and tutoring; 8) employment; and 9) food, clothing, and shelter. Telephone numbers for other important agencies in the Washington, DC area are also included. [Funded by the Maternal and Child Health Bureau].

4

You will need to limit your search to “Directory” and “family therapy” using the "Detailed Search" option. Go directly to the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. To find directories, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” For publication date, select “All Years.” Select your preferred language and the format option “Directory.” Type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. You should check back periodically with this database as it is updated every three months.

121

CHAPTER 5. PERIODICALS AND NEWS ON FAMILY THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we suggest a number of news sources and present various periodicals that cover family therapy.

News Services and Press Releases One of the simplest ways of tracking press releases on family therapy is to search the news wires. In the following sample of sources, we will briefly describe how to access each service. These services only post recent news intended for public viewing. PR Newswire To access the PR Newswire archive, simply go to http://www.prnewswire.com/. Select your country. Type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box. You will automatically receive information on relevant news releases posted within the last 30 days. The search results are shown by order of relevance. Reuters Health The Reuters’ Medical News and Health eLine databases can be very useful in exploring news archives relating to family therapy. While some of the listed articles are free to view, others are available for purchase for a nominal fee. To access this archive, go to http://www.reutershealth.com/en/index.html and search by “family therapy” (or synonyms). The following was recently listed in this archive for family therapy: •

Early family therapy reduces mental illness Source: Reuters Health eLine Date: September 24, 1998

122

Family Therapy

The NIH Within MEDLINEplus, the NIH has made an agreement with the New York Times Syndicate, the AP News Service, and Reuters to deliver news that can be browsed by the public. Search news releases at http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/alphanews_a.html. MEDLINEplus allows you to browse across an alphabetical index. Or you can search by date at the following Web page: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/newsbydate.html. Often, news items are indexed by MEDLINEplus within its search engine. Business Wire Business Wire is similar to PR Newswire. To access this archive, simply go to http://www.businesswire.com/. You can scan the news by industry category or company name. Market Wire Market Wire is more focused on technology than the other wires. To browse the latest press releases by topic, such as alternative medicine, biotechnology, fitness, healthcare, legal, nutrition, and pharmaceuticals, access Market Wire’s Medical/Health channel at http://www.marketwire.com/mw/release_index?channel=MedicalHealth. Or simply go to Market Wire’s home page at http://www.marketwire.com/mw/home, type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box, and click on “Search News.” As this service is technology oriented, you may wish to use it when searching for press releases covering diagnostic procedures or tests. Search Engines Medical news is also available in the news sections of commercial Internet search engines. See the health news page at Yahoo (http://dir.yahoo.com/Health/News_and_Media/), or you can use this Web site’s general news search page at http://news.yahoo.com/. Type in “family therapy” (or synonyms). If you know the name of a company that is relevant to family therapy, you can go to any stock trading Web site (such as http://www.etrade.com/) and search for the company name there. News items across various news sources are reported on indicated hyperlinks. Google offers a similar service at http://news.google.com/. BBC Covering news from a more European perspective, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) allows the public free access to their news archive located at http://www.bbc.co.uk/. Search by “family therapy” (or synonyms).

Academic Periodicals covering Family Therapy Numerous periodicals are currently indexed within the National Library of Medicine’s PubMed database that are known to publish articles relating to family therapy. In addition

Periodicals and News

123

to these sources, you can search for articles covering family therapy that have been published by any of the periodicals listed in previous chapters. To find the latest studies published, go to http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed, type the name of the periodical into the search box, and click “Go.” If you want complete details about the historical contents of a journal, you can also visit the following Web site: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/jrbrowser.cgi. Here, type in the name of the journal or its abbreviation, and you will receive an index of published articles. At http://locatorplus.gov/, you can retrieve more indexing information on medical periodicals (e.g. the name of the publisher). Select the button “Search LOCATORplus.” Then type in the name of the journal and select the advanced search option “Journal Title Search.”

125

APPENDICES

127

APPENDIX A. PHYSICIAN RESOURCES Overview In this chapter, we focus on databases and Internet-based guidelines and information resources created or written for a professional audience.

NIH Guidelines Commonly referred to as “clinical” or “professional” guidelines, the National Institutes of Health publish physician guidelines for the most common diseases. Publications are available at the following by relevant Institute5: •

Office of the Director (OD); guidelines consolidated across agencies available at http://www.nih.gov/health/consumer/conkey.htm

•

National Institute of General Medical Sciences (NIGMS); fact sheets available at http://www.nigms.nih.gov/news/facts/

•

National Library of Medicine (NLM); extensive encyclopedia (A.D.A.M., Inc.) with guidelines: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/healthtopics.html

•

National Cancer Institute (NCI); guidelines available at http://www.cancer.gov/cancerinfo/list.aspx?viewid=5f35036e-5497-4d86-8c2c714a9f7c8d25

•

National Eye Institute (NEI); guidelines available at http://www.nei.nih.gov/order/index.htm

•

National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI); guidelines available at http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/guidelines/index.htm

•

National Human Genome Research Institute (NHGRI); research available at http://www.genome.gov/page.cfm?pageID=10000375

•

National Institute on Aging (NIA); guidelines available at http://www.nia.nih.gov/health/

5

These publications are typically written by one or more of the various NIH Institutes.

128

Family Therapy

•

National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA); guidelines available at http://www.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/publications.htm

•

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID); guidelines available at http://www.niaid.nih.gov/publications/

•

National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases (NIAMS); fact sheets and guidelines available at http://www.niams.nih.gov/hi/index.htm

•

National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD); guidelines available at http://www.nichd.nih.gov/publications/pubskey.cfm

•

National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders (NIDCD); fact sheets and guidelines at http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/health/

•

National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research (NIDCR); guidelines available at http://www.nidr.nih.gov/health/

•

National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK); guidelines available at http://www.niddk.nih.gov/health/health.htm

•

National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA); guidelines available at http://www.nida.nih.gov/DrugAbuse.html

•

National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS); environmental health information available at http://www.niehs.nih.gov/external/facts.htm

•

National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH); guidelines available at http://www.nimh.nih.gov/practitioners/index.cfm

•

National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke (NINDS); neurological disorder information pages available at http://www.ninds.nih.gov/health_and_medical/disorder_index.htm

•

National Institute of Nursing Research (NINR); publications on selected illnesses at http://www.nih.gov/ninr/news-info/publications.html

•

National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering; general information at http://grants.nih.gov/grants/becon/becon_info.htm

•

Center for Information Technology (CIT); referrals to other agencies based on keyword searches available at http://kb.nih.gov/www_query_main.asp

•

National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine (NCCAM); health information available at http://nccam.nih.gov/health/

•

National Center for Research Resources (NCRR); various information directories available at http://www.ncrr.nih.gov/publications.asp

•

Office of Rare Diseases; various fact sheets available at http://rarediseases.info.nih.gov/html/resources/rep_pubs.html

•

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; various fact sheets on infectious diseases available at http://www.cdc.gov/publications.htm

Physician Resources

129

NIH Databases In addition to the various Institutes of Health that publish professional guidelines, the NIH has designed a number of databases for professionals.6 Physician-oriented resources provide a wide variety of information related to the biomedical and health sciences, both past and present. The format of these resources varies. Searchable databases, bibliographic citations, full-text articles (when available), archival collections, and images are all available. The following are referenced by the National Library of Medicine:7 •

Bioethics: Access to published literature on the ethical, legal, and public policy issues surrounding healthcare and biomedical research. This information is provided in conjunction with the Kennedy Institute of Ethics located at Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_bioethics.html

•

HIV/AIDS Resources: Describes various links and databases dedicated to HIV/AIDS research: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/pubs/factsheets/aidsinfs.html

•

NLM Online Exhibitions: Describes “Exhibitions in the History of Medicine”: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/exhibition/exhibition.html. Additional resources for historical scholarship in medicine: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/hmd/hmd.html

•

Biotechnology Information: Access to public databases. The National Center for Biotechnology Information conducts research in computational biology, develops software tools for analyzing genome data, and disseminates biomedical information for the better understanding of molecular processes affecting human health and disease: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/

•

Population Information: The National Library of Medicine provides access to worldwide coverage of population, family planning, and related health issues, including family planning technology and programs, fertility, and population law and policy: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_population.html

•

Cancer Information: Access to cancer-oriented databases: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_cancer.html

•

Profiles in Science: Offering the archival collections of prominent twentieth-century biomedical scientists to the public through modern digital technology: http://www.profiles.nlm.nih.gov/

•

Chemical Information: Provides links to various chemical databases and references: http://sis.nlm.nih.gov/Chem/ChemMain.html

•

Clinical Alerts: Reports the release of findings from the NIH-funded clinical trials where such release could significantly affect morbidity and mortality: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/alerts/clinical_alerts.html

•

Space Life Sciences: Provides links and information to space-based research (including NASA): http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_space.html

•

MEDLINE: Bibliographic database covering the fields of medicine, nursing, dentistry, veterinary medicine, the healthcare system, and the pre-clinical sciences: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_medline.html

6

Remember, for the general public, the National Library of Medicine recommends the databases referenced in MEDLINEplus (http://medlineplus.gov/ or http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/databases.html). 7 See http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases.html.

130

Family Therapy

•

Toxicology and Environmental Health Information (TOXNET): Databases covering toxicology and environmental health: http://sis.nlm.nih.gov/Tox/ToxMain.html

•

Visible Human Interface: Anatomically detailed, three-dimensional representations of normal male and female human bodies: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/research/visible/visible_human.html

The NLM Gateway8 The NLM (National Library of Medicine) Gateway is a Web-based system that lets users search simultaneously in multiple retrieval systems at the U.S. National Library of Medicine (NLM). It allows users of NLM services to initiate searches from one Web interface, providing one-stop searching for many of NLM’s information resources or databases.9 To use the NLM Gateway, simply go to the search site at http://gateway.nlm.nih.gov/gw/Cmd. Type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box and click “Search.” The results will be presented in a tabular form, indicating the number of references in each database category. Results Summary Category Journal Articles Books / Periodicals / Audio Visual Consumer Health Meeting Abstracts Other Collections Total

Items Found 6055 1514 1428 69 604 9670

HSTAT10 HSTAT is a free, Web-based resource that provides access to full-text documents used in healthcare decision-making.11 These documents include clinical practice guidelines, quickreference guides for clinicians, consumer health brochures, evidence reports and technology assessments from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), as well as AHRQ’s Put Prevention Into Practice.12 Simply search by “family therapy” (or synonyms) at the following Web site: http://text.nlm.nih.gov.

8

Adapted from NLM: http://gateway.nlm.nih.gov/gw/Cmd?Overview.x.

9

The NLM Gateway is currently being developed by the Lister Hill National Center for Biomedical Communications (LHNCBC) at the National Library of Medicine (NLM) of the National Institutes of Health (NIH). 10 Adapted from HSTAT: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/pubs/factsheets/hstat.html. 11 12

The HSTAT URL is http://hstat.nlm.nih.gov/.

Other important documents in HSTAT include: the National Institutes of Health (NIH) Consensus Conference Reports and Technology Assessment Reports; the HIV/AIDS Treatment Information Service (ATIS) resource documents; the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (SAMHSA/CSAT) Treatment Improvement Protocols (TIP) and Center for Substance Abuse Prevention (SAMHSA/CSAP) Prevention Enhancement Protocols System (PEPS); the Public Health Service (PHS) Preventive Services Task Force's Guide to Clinical Preventive Services; the independent, nonfederal Task Force on Community Services’ Guide to Community Preventive Services; and the Health Technology Advisory Committee (HTAC) of the Minnesota Health Care Commission (MHCC) health technology evaluations.

Physician Resources

131

Coffee Break: Tutorials for Biologists13 Coffee Break is a general healthcare site that takes a scientific view of the news and covers recent breakthroughs in biology that may one day assist physicians in developing treatments. Here you will find a collection of short reports on recent biological discoveries. Each report incorporates interactive tutorials that demonstrate how bioinformatics tools are used as a part of the research process. Currently, all Coffee Breaks are written by NCBI staff.14 Each report is about 400 words and is usually based on a discovery reported in one or more articles from recently published, peer-reviewed literature.15 This site has new articles every few weeks, so it can be considered an online magazine of sorts. It is intended for general background information. You can access the Coffee Break Web site at the following hyperlink: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Coffeebreak/.

Other Commercial Databases In addition to resources maintained by official agencies, other databases exist that are commercial ventures addressing medical professionals. Here are some examples that may interest you: •

CliniWeb International: Index and table of contents to selected clinical information on the Internet; see http://www.ohsu.edu/cliniweb/.

•

Medical World Search: Searches full text from thousands of selected medical sites on the Internet; see http://www.mwsearch.com/.

13 Adapted 14

from http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Coffeebreak/Archive/FAQ.html.

The figure that accompanies each article is frequently supplied by an expert external to NCBI, in which case the source of the figure is cited. The result is an interactive tutorial that tells a biological story. 15 After a brief introduction that sets the work described into a broader context, the report focuses on how a molecular understanding can provide explanations of observed biology and lead to therapies for diseases. Each vignette is accompanied by a figure and hypertext links that lead to a series of pages that interactively show how NCBI tools and resources are used in the research process.

133

APPENDIX B. PATIENT RESOURCES Overview Official agencies, as well as federally funded institutions supported by national grants, frequently publish a variety of guidelines written with the patient in mind. These are typically called “Fact Sheets” or “Guidelines.” They can take the form of a brochure, information kit, pamphlet, or flyer. Often they are only a few pages in length. Since new guidelines on family therapy can appear at any moment and be published by a number of sources, the best approach to finding guidelines is to systematically scan the Internet-based services that post them.

Patient Guideline Sources The remainder of this chapter directs you to sources which either publish or can help you find additional guidelines on topics related to family therapy. Due to space limitations, these sources are listed in a concise manner. Do not hesitate to consult the following sources by either using the Internet hyperlink provided, or, in cases where the contact information is provided, contacting the publisher or author directly. The National Institutes of Health The NIH gateway to patients is located at http://health.nih.gov/. From this site, you can search across various sources and institutes, a number of which are summarized below. Topic Pages: MEDLINEplus The National Library of Medicine has created a vast and patient-oriented healthcare information portal called MEDLINEplus. Within this Internet-based system are “health topic pages” which list links to available materials relevant to family therapy. To access this system, log on to http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/healthtopics.html. From there you can either search using the alphabetical index or browse by broad topic areas. Recently, MEDLINEplus listed the following when searched for “family therapy”:

134

Family Therapy

Bone Cancer http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/bonecancer.html Family Issues http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/familyissues.html Sexual Health Issues http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/sexualhealthissues.html You may also choose to use the search utility provided by MEDLINEplus at the following Web address: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/. Simply type a keyword into the search box and click “Search.” This utility is similar to the NIH search utility, with the exception that it only includes materials that are linked within the MEDLINEplus system (mostly patient-oriented information). It also has the disadvantage of generating unstructured results. We recommend, therefore, that you use this method only if you have a very targeted search. The Combined Health Information Database (CHID) CHID Online is a reference tool that maintains a database directory of thousands of journal articles and patient education guidelines on family therapy. CHID offers summaries that describe the guidelines available, including contact information and pricing. CHID’s general Web site is http://chid.nih.gov/. To search this database, go to http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. In particular, you can use the advanced search options to look up pamphlets, reports, brochures, and information kits. The following was recently posted in this archive: •

Chronic Pelvic Pain: A Patient Education Booklet Source: Birmingham, AL: International Pelvic Pain Society (IPPS). 1998. [12 p.]. Contact: Available from International Pelvic Pain Society. 2006 Brookwood Medical Center Drive, Suite 402, Birmingham, AL 35209. (205) 877-2950 or (800) 624-9676. Website: http://www.pelvicpain.org. PRICE: Single copy free. Summary: Chronic pelvic pain (CPP) is one of the most common medical problems affecting women today. This patient education booklet offers an overview of the principles of CPP and strategies for managing the condition. The booklet first reviews the definition of CPP and factors that must be present for the diagnosis. CPP is defined as any pelvic pain that lasts for more than 6 months. Often in CPP, the initial physical problem has lessened or even disappeared, but the pain continues because of changes in the nervous system, muscles, or other tissues. Six features are common in patients with CPP: the pain has been present for 6 months or more; conventional treatments have yielded little relief; the degree of pain perceived seems out of proportion to the degree of tissue damage detected by conventional means; physical appearance of depression is present (e.g., sleep disturbance, constipation, diminished appetite, and reduced body movements and reactions); physical activity has become increasingly limited; and emotional roles in the family are altered. In addition, by the time pain becomes chronic, multiple organ systems rather than a single problem are involved in the pain process. The booklet reviews the perception of pain, referred (antidromic) pain, central modulation by the brain, the importance of an accurate patient history, the physical examination, diagnostic tests, and therapeutic approaches. Treatment options can include pain medications (analgesics), antidepressants, time contingent therapy, the use

Patient Resources

135

of a contract between physician and patient, physical therapy, TENS (transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation), psychological evaluation and therapy, family therapy, surgical evaluation and treatment, and regular physician visits. Readers are reminded that improvement of the CPP may take considerable time, even though the physician is trying to provide relief as soon as possible. Successful management of CPP is a realistic goal, even if elimination of the pain is not possible. The booklet concludes with a glossary of related medical terms and a sample drug contract. Healthfinder™ Healthfinder™ is sponsored by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and offers links to hundreds of other sites that contain healthcare information. This Web site is located at http://www.healthfinder.gov. Again, keyword searches can be used to find guidelines. The following was recently found in this database: •

Directory of State Marriage and Family Therapy Licensing/Certification Boards Summary: This is a list of the regulated titles and addresses of state boards regulating marriage and family therapists. Source: American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy http://www.healthfinder.gov/scripts/recordpass.asp?RecordType=0&RecordID=2809 The NIH Search Utility

The NIH search utility allows you to search for documents on over 100 selected Web sites that comprise the NIH-WEB-SPACE. Each of these servers is “crawled” and indexed on an ongoing basis. Your search will produce a list of various documents, all of which will relate in some way to family therapy. The drawbacks of this approach are that the information is not organized by theme and that the references are often a mix of information for professionals and patients. Nevertheless, a large number of the listed Web sites provide useful background information. We can only recommend this route, therefore, for relatively rare or specific disorders, or when using highly targeted searches. To use the NIH search utility, visit the following Web page: http://search.nih.gov/index.html. Additional Web Sources A number of Web sites are available to the public that often link to government sites. These can also point you in the direction of essential information. The following is a representative sample: •

AOL: http://search.aol.com/cat.adp?id=168&layer=&from=subcats

•

Family Village: http://www.familyvillage.wisc.edu/specific.htm

•

Google: http://directory.google.com/Top/Health/Conditions_and_Diseases/

•

Med Help International: http://www.medhelp.org/HealthTopics/A.html

•

Open Directory Project: http://dmoz.org/Health/Conditions_and_Diseases/

•

Yahoo.com: http://dir.yahoo.com/Health/Diseases_and_Conditions/

•

WebMDHealth: http://my.webmd.com/health_topics

136

Family Therapy

Finding Associations There are several Internet directories that provide lists of medical associations with information on or resources relating to family therapy. By consulting all of associations listed in this chapter, you will have nearly exhausted all sources for patient associations concerned with family therapy. The National Health Information Center (NHIC) The National Health Information Center (NHIC) offers a free referral service to help people find organizations that provide information about family therapy. For more information, see the NHIC’s Web site at http://www.health.gov/NHIC/ or contact an information specialist by calling 1-800-336-4797. Directory of Health Organizations The Directory of Health Organizations, provided by the National Library of Medicine Specialized Information Services, is a comprehensive source of information on associations. The Directory of Health Organizations database can be accessed via the Internet at http://www.sis.nlm.nih.gov/Dir/DirMain.html. It is composed of two parts: DIRLINE and Health Hotlines. The DIRLINE database comprises some 10,000 records of organizations, research centers, and government institutes and associations that primarily focus on health and biomedicine. To access DIRLINE directly, go to the following Web site: http://dirline.nlm.nih.gov/. Simply type in “family therapy” (or a synonym), and you will receive information on all relevant organizations listed in the database. Health Hotlines directs you to toll-free numbers to over 300 organizations. You can access this database directly at http://www.sis.nlm.nih.gov/hotlines/. On this page, you are given the option to search by keyword or by browsing the subject list. When you have received your search results, click on the name of the organization for its description and contact information. The Combined Health Information Database Another comprehensive source of information on healthcare associations is the Combined Health Information Database. Using the “Detailed Search” option, you will need to limit your search to “Organizations” and “family therapy”. Type the following hyperlink into your Web browser: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. To find associations, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” For publication date, select “All Years.” Then, select your preferred language and the format option “Organization Resource Sheet.” Type “family therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. You should check back periodically with this database since it is updated every three months.

Patient Resources

137

The National Organization for Rare Disorders, Inc. The National Organization for Rare Disorders, Inc. has prepared a Web site that provides, at no charge, lists of associations organized by health topic. You can access this database at the following Web site: http://www.rarediseases.org/search/orgsearch.html. Type “family therapy” (or a synonym) into the search box, and click “Submit Query.”

139

APPENDIX C. FINDING MEDICAL LIBRARIES Overview In this Appendix, we show you how to quickly find a medical library in your area.

Preparation Your local public library and medical libraries have interlibrary loan programs with the National Library of Medicine (NLM), one of the largest medical collections in the world. According to the NLM, most of the literature in the general and historical collections of the National Library of Medicine is available on interlibrary loan to any library. If you would like to access NLM medical literature, then visit a library in your area that can request the publications for you.16

Finding a Local Medical Library The quickest method to locate medical libraries is to use the Internet-based directory published by the National Network of Libraries of Medicine (NN/LM). This network includes 4626 members and affiliates that provide many services to librarians, health professionals, and the public. To find a library in your area, simply visit http://nnlm.gov/members/adv.html or call 1-800-338-7657.

Medical Libraries in the U.S. and Canada In addition to the NN/LM, the National Library of Medicine (NLM) lists a number of libraries with reference facilities that are open to the public. The following is the NLM’s list and includes hyperlinks to each library’s Web site. These Web pages can provide information on hours of operation and other restrictions. The list below is a small sample of

16

Adapted from the NLM: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/psd/cas/interlibrary.html.

140

Family Therapy

libraries recommended by the National Library of Medicine (sorted alphabetically by name of the U.S. state or Canadian province where the library is located)17: •

Alabama: Health InfoNet of Jefferson County (Jefferson County Library Cooperative, Lister Hill Library of the Health Sciences), http://www.uab.edu/infonet/

•

Alabama: Richard M. Scrushy Library (American Sports Medicine Institute)

•

Arizona: Samaritan Regional Medical Center: The Learning Center (Samaritan Health System, Phoenix, Arizona), http://www.samaritan.edu/library/bannerlibs.htm

•

California: Kris Kelly Health Information Center (St. Joseph Health System, Humboldt), http://www.humboldt1.com/~kkhic/index.html

•

California: Community Health Library of Los Gatos, http://www.healthlib.org/orgresources.html

•

California: Consumer Health Program and Services (CHIPS) (County of Los Angeles Public Library, Los Angeles County Harbor-UCLA Medical Center Library) - Carson, CA, http://www.colapublib.org/services/chips.html

•

California: Gateway Health Library (Sutter Gould Medical Foundation)

•

California: Health Library (Stanford University Medical Center), http://wwwmed.stanford.edu/healthlibrary/

•

California: Patient Education Resource Center - Health Information and Resources (University of California, San Francisco), http://sfghdean.ucsf.edu/barnett/PERC/default.asp

•

California: Redwood Health Library (Petaluma Health Care District), http://www.phcd.org/rdwdlib.html

•

California: Los Gatos PlaneTree Health Library, http://planetreesanjose.org/

•

California: Sutter Resource Library (Sutter Hospitals Foundation, Sacramento), http://suttermedicalcenter.org/library/

•

California: Health Sciences Libraries (University of California, Davis), http://www.lib.ucdavis.edu/healthsci/

•

California: ValleyCare Health Library & Ryan Comer Cancer Resource Center (ValleyCare Health System, Pleasanton), http://gaelnet.stmarysca.edu/other.libs/gbal/east/vchl.html

•

California: Washington Community Health Resource Library (Fremont), http://www.healthlibrary.org/

•

Colorado: William V. Gervasini Memorial Library (Exempla Healthcare), http://www.saintjosephdenver.org/yourhealth/libraries/

•

Connecticut: Hartford Hospital Health Science Libraries (Hartford Hospital), http://www.harthosp.org/library/

•

Connecticut: Healthnet: Connecticut Consumer Health Information Center (University of Connecticut Health Center, Lyman Maynard Stowe Library), http://library.uchc.edu/departm/hnet/

17

Abstracted from http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/libraries.html.

Finding Medical Libraries

141

•

Connecticut: Waterbury Hospital Health Center Library (Waterbury Hospital, Waterbury), http://www.waterburyhospital.com/library/consumer.shtml

•

Delaware: Consumer Health Library (Christiana Care Health System, Eugene du Pont Preventive Medicine & Rehabilitation Institute, Wilmington), http://www.christianacare.org/health_guide/health_guide_pmri_health_info.cfm

•

Delaware: Lewis B. Flinn Library (Delaware Academy of Medicine, Wilmington), http://www.delamed.org/chls.html

•

Georgia: Family Resource Library (Medical College of Georgia, Augusta), http://cmc.mcg.edu/kids_families/fam_resources/fam_res_lib/frl.htm

•

Georgia: Health Resource Center (Medical Center of Central Georgia, Macon), http://www.mccg.org/hrc/hrchome.asp

•

Hawaii: Hawaii Medical Library: Consumer Health Information Service (Hawaii Medical Library, Honolulu), http://hml.org/CHIS/

•

Idaho: DeArmond Consumer Health Library (Kootenai Medical Center, Coeur d’Alene), http://www.nicon.org/DeArmond/index.htm

•

Illinois: Health Learning Center of Northwestern Memorial Hospital (Chicago), http://www.nmh.org/health_info/hlc.html

•

Illinois: Medical Library (OSF Saint Francis Medical Center, Peoria), http://www.osfsaintfrancis.org/general/library/

•

Kentucky: Medical Library - Services for Patients, Families, Students & the Public (Central Baptist Hospital, Lexington), http://www.centralbap.com/education/community/library.cfm

•

Kentucky: University of Kentucky - Health Information Library (Chandler Medical Center, Lexington), http://www.mc.uky.edu/PatientEd/

•

Louisiana: Alton Ochsner Medical Foundation Library (Alton Ochsner Medical Foundation, New Orleans), http://www.ochsner.org/library/

•

Louisiana: Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center Medical LibraryShreveport, http://lib-sh.lsuhsc.edu/

•

Maine: Franklin Memorial Hospital Medical Library (Franklin Memorial Hospital, Farmington), http://www.fchn.org/fmh/lib.htm

•

Maine: Gerrish-True Health Sciences Library (Central Maine Medical Center, Lewiston), http://www.cmmc.org/library/library.html

•

Maine: Hadley Parrot Health Science Library (Eastern Maine Healthcare, Bangor), http://www.emh.org/hll/hpl/guide.htm

•

Maine: Maine Medical Center Library (Maine Medical Center, Portland), http://www.mmc.org/library/

•

Maine: Parkview Hospital (Brunswick), http://www.parkviewhospital.org/

•

Maine: Southern Maine Medical Center Health Sciences Library (Southern Maine Medical Center, Biddeford), http://www.smmc.org/services/service.php3?choice=10

•

Maine: Stephens Memorial Hospital’s Health Information Library (Western Maine Health, Norway), http://www.wmhcc.org/Library/

142

Family Therapy

•

Manitoba, Canada: Consumer & Patient Health Information Service (University of Manitoba Libraries), http://www.umanitoba.ca/libraries/units/health/reference/chis.html

•

Manitoba, Canada: J.W. Crane Memorial Library (Deer Lodge Centre, Winnipeg), http://www.deerlodge.mb.ca/crane_library/about.asp

•

Maryland: Health Information Center at the Wheaton Regional Library (Montgomery County, Dept. of Public Libraries, Wheaton Regional Library), http://www.mont.lib.md.us/healthinfo/hic.asp

•

Massachusetts: Baystate Medical Center Library (Baystate Health System), http://www.baystatehealth.com/1024/

•

Massachusetts: Boston University Medical Center Alumni Medical Library (Boston University Medical Center), http://med-libwww.bu.edu/library/lib.html

•

Massachusetts: Lowell General Hospital Health Sciences Library (Lowell General Hospital, Lowell), http://www.lowellgeneral.org/library/HomePageLinks/WWW.htm

•

Massachusetts: Paul E. Woodard Health Sciences Library (New England Baptist Hospital, Boston), http://www.nebh.org/health_lib.asp

•

Massachusetts: St. Luke’s Hospital Health Sciences Library (St. Luke’s Hospital, Southcoast Health System, New Bedford), http://www.southcoast.org/library/

•

Massachusetts: Treadwell Library Consumer Health Reference Center (Massachusetts General Hospital), http://www.mgh.harvard.edu/library/chrcindex.html

•

Massachusetts: UMass HealthNet (University of Massachusetts Medical School, Worchester), http://healthnet.umassmed.edu/

•

Michigan: Botsford General Hospital Library - Consumer Health (Botsford General Hospital, Library & Internet Services), http://www.botsfordlibrary.org/consumer.htm

•

Michigan: Helen DeRoy Medical Library (Providence Hospital and Medical Centers), http://www.providence-hospital.org/library/

•

Michigan: Marquette General Hospital - Consumer Health Library (Marquette General Hospital, Health Information Center), http://www.mgh.org/center.html

•

Michigan: Patient Education Resouce Center - University of Michigan Cancer Center (University of Michigan Comprehensive Cancer Center, Ann Arbor), http://www.cancer.med.umich.edu/learn/leares.htm

•

Michigan: Sladen Library & Center for Health Information Resources - Consumer Health Information (Detroit), http://www.henryford.com/body.cfm?id=39330

•

Montana: Center for Health Information (St. Patrick Hospital and Health Sciences Center, Missoula)

•

National: Consumer Health Library Directory (Medical Library Association, Consumer and Patient Health Information Section), http://caphis.mlanet.org/directory/index.html

•

National: National Network of Libraries of Medicine (National Library of Medicine) provides library services for health professionals in the United States who do not have access to a medical library, http://nnlm.gov/

•

National: NN/LM List of Libraries Serving the Public (National Network of Libraries of Medicine), http://nnlm.gov/members/

Finding Medical Libraries

143

•

Nevada: Health Science Library, West Charleston Library (Las Vegas-Clark County Library District, Las Vegas), http://www.lvccld.org/special_collections/medical/index.htm

•

New Hampshire: Dartmouth Biomedical Libraries (Dartmouth College Library, Hanover), http://www.dartmouth.edu/~biomed/resources.htmld/conshealth.htmld/

•

New Jersey: Consumer Health Library (Rahway Hospital, Rahway), http://www.rahwayhospital.com/library.htm

•

New Jersey: Dr. Walter Phillips Health Sciences Library (Englewood Hospital and Medical Center, Englewood), http://www.englewoodhospital.com/links/index.htm

•

New Jersey: Meland Foundation (Englewood Hospital and Medical Center, Englewood), http://www.geocities.com/ResearchTriangle/9360/

•

New York: Choices in Health Information (New York Public Library) - NLM Consumer Pilot Project participant, http://www.nypl.org/branch/health/links.html

•

New York: Health Information Center (Upstate Medical University, State University of New York, Syracuse), http://www.upstate.edu/library/hic/

•

New York: Health Sciences Library (Long Island Jewish Medical Center, New Hyde Park), http://www.lij.edu/library/library.html

•

New York: ViaHealth Medical Library (Rochester General Hospital), http://www.nyam.org/library/

•

Ohio: Consumer Health Library (Akron General Medical Center, Medical & Consumer Health Library), http://www.akrongeneral.org/hwlibrary.htm

•

Oklahoma: The Health Information Center at Saint Francis Hospital (Saint Francis Health System, Tulsa), http://www.sfh-tulsa.com/services/healthinfo.asp

•

Oregon: Planetree Health Resource Center (Mid-Columbia Medical Center, The Dalles), http://www.mcmc.net/phrc/

•

Pennsylvania: Community Health Information Library (Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, Hershey), http://www.hmc.psu.edu/commhealth/

•

Pennsylvania: Community Health Resource Library (Geisinger Medical Center, Danville), http://www.geisinger.edu/education/commlib.shtml

•

Pennsylvania: HealthInfo Library (Moses Taylor Hospital, Scranton), http://www.mth.org/healthwellness.html

•

Pennsylvania: Hopwood Library (University of Pittsburgh, Health Sciences Library System, Pittsburgh), http://www.hsls.pitt.edu/guides/chi/hopwood/index_html

•

Pennsylvania: Koop Community Health Information Center (College of Physicians of Philadelphia), http://www.collphyphil.org/kooppg1.shtml

•

Pennsylvania: Learning Resources Center - Medical Library (Susquehanna Health System, Williamsport), http://www.shscares.org/services/lrc/index.asp

•

Pennsylvania: Medical Library (UPMC Health System, Pittsburgh), http://www.upmc.edu/passavant/library.htm

•

Quebec, Canada: Medical Library (Montreal General Hospital), http://www.mghlib.mcgill.ca/

144

Family Therapy

•

South Dakota: Rapid City Regional Hospital Medical Library (Rapid City Regional Hospital), http://www.rcrh.org/Services/Library/Default.asp

•

Texas: Houston HealthWays (Houston Academy of Medicine-Texas Medical Center Library), http://hhw.library.tmc.edu/

•

Washington: Community Health Library (Kittitas Valley Community Hospital), http://www.kvch.com/

•

Washington: Southwest Washington Medical Center Library (Southwest Washington Medical Center, Vancouver), http://www.swmedicalcenter.com/body.cfm?id=72

145

ONLINE GLOSSARIES The Internet provides access to a number of free-to-use medical dictionaries. The National Library of Medicine has compiled the following list of online dictionaries: •

ADAM Medical Encyclopedia (A.D.A.M., Inc.), comprehensive medical reference: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/encyclopedia.html

•

MedicineNet.com Medical Dictionary (MedicineNet, Inc.): http://www.medterms.com/Script/Main/hp.asp

•

Merriam-Webster Medical Dictionary (Inteli-Health, Inc.): http://www.intelihealth.com/IH/

•

Multilingual Glossary of Technical and Popular Medical Terms in Eight European Languages (European Commission) - Danish, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, and Spanish: http://allserv.rug.ac.be/~rvdstich/eugloss/welcome.html

•

On-line Medical Dictionary (CancerWEB): http://cancerweb.ncl.ac.uk/omd/

•

Rare Diseases Terms (Office of Rare Diseases): http://ord.aspensys.com/asp/diseases/diseases.asp

•

Technology Glossary (National Library of Medicine) - Health Care Technology: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/nichsr/ta101/ta10108.htm

Beyond these, MEDLINEplus contains a very patient-friendly encyclopedia covering every aspect of medicine (licensed from A.D.A.M., Inc.). The ADAM Medical Encyclopedia can be accessed at http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/encyclopedia.html. ADAM is also available on commercial Web sites such as drkoop.com (http://www.drkoop.com/) and Web MD (http://my.webmd.com/adam/asset/adam_disease_articles/a_to_z/a).

Online Dictionary Directories The following are additional online directories compiled by the National Library of Medicine, including a number of specialized medical dictionaries: •

Medical Dictionaries: Medical & Biological (World Health Organization): http://www.who.int/hlt/virtuallibrary/English/diction.htm#Medical

•

MEL-Michigan Electronic Library List of Online Health and Medical Dictionaries (Michigan Electronic Library): http://mel.lib.mi.us/health/health-dictionaries.html

•

Patient Education: Glossaries (DMOZ Open Directory Project): http://dmoz.org/Health/Education/Patient_Education/Glossaries/

•

Web of Online Dictionaries (Bucknell University): http://www.yourdictionary.com/diction5.html#medicine

147

FAMILY THERAPY DICTIONARY The definitions below are derived from official public sources, including the National Institutes of Health [NIH] and the European Union [EU]. Abdominal: Having to do with the abdomen, which is the part of the body between the chest and the hips that contains the pancreas, stomach, intestines, liver, gallbladder, and other organs. [NIH] Abdominal Pain: Sensation of discomfort, distress, or agony in the abdominal region. [NIH] Aberrant: Wandering or deviating from the usual or normal course. [EU] Accommodation: Adjustment, especially that of the eye for various distances. [EU] Acculturation: Process of cultural change in which one group or members of a group assimilates various cultural patterns from another. [NIH] Activities of Daily Living: The performance of the basic activities of self care, such as dressing, ambulation, eating, etc., in rehabilitation. [NIH] Adaptation: 1. The adjustment of an organism to its environment, or the process by which it enhances such fitness. 2. The normal ability of the eye to adjust itself to variations in the intensity of light; the adjustment to such variations. 3. The decline in the frequency of firing of a neuron, particularly of a receptor, under conditions of constant stimulation. 4. In dentistry, (a) the proper fitting of a denture, (b) the degree of proximity and interlocking of restorative material to a tooth preparation, (c) the exact adjustment of bands to teeth. 5. In microbiology, the adjustment of bacterial physiology to a new environment. [EU] Adjustment: The dynamic process wherein the thoughts, feelings, behavior, and biophysiological mechanisms of the individual continually change to adjust to the environment. [NIH] Adolescence: The period of life beginning with the appearance of secondary sex characteristics and terminating with the cessation of somatic growth. The years usually referred to as adolescence lie between 13 and 18 years of age. [NIH] Adolescent Behavior: Any observable response or action of an adolescent. [NIH] Adolescent Psychiatry: The medical science that deals with the origin, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of mental disorders in individuals 13-18 years. [NIH] Adverse Effect: An unwanted side effect of treatment. [NIH] Age of Onset: The age or period of life at which a disease or the initial symptoms or manifestations of a disease appear in an individual. [NIH] Agoraphobia: Obsessive, persistent, intense fear of open places. [NIH] Algorithms: A procedure consisting of a sequence of algebraic formulas and/or logical steps to calculate or determine a given task. [NIH] Alternative medicine: Practices not generally recognized by the medical community as standard or conventional medical approaches and used instead of standard treatments. Alternative medicine includes the taking of dietary supplements, megadose vitamins, and herbal preparations; the drinking of special teas; and practices such as massage therapy, magnet therapy, spiritual healing, and meditation. [NIH] Amenorrhea: Absence of menstruation. [NIH] Amino acid: Any organic compound containing an amino (-NH2 and a carboxyl (- COOH)

148

Family Therapy

group. The 20 a-amino acids listed in the accompanying table are the amino acids from which proteins are synthesized by formation of peptide bonds during ribosomal translation of messenger RNA; all except glycine, which is not optically active, have the L configuration. Other amino acids occurring in proteins, such as hydroxyproline in collagen, are formed by posttranslational enzymatic modification of amino acids residues in polypeptide chains. There are also several important amino acids, such as the neurotransmitter y-aminobutyric acid, that have no relation to proteins. Abbreviated AA. [EU] Amino Acid Sequence: The order of amino acids as they occur in a polypeptide chain. This is referred to as the primary structure of proteins. It is of fundamental importance in determining protein conformation. [NIH] Amnestic: Nominal aphasia; a difficulty in finding the right name for an object. [NIH] Anal: Having to do with the anus, which is the posterior opening of the large bowel. [NIH] Analgesic: An agent that alleviates pain without causing loss of consciousness. [EU] Analysis of Variance: A statistical technique that isolates and assesses the contributions of categorical independent variables to variation in the mean of a continuous dependent variable. [NIH] Anaphylatoxins: The family of peptides C3a, C4a, C5a, and C5a des-arginine produced in the serum during complement activation. They produce smooth muscle contraction, mast cell histamine release, affect platelet aggregation, and act as mediators of the local inflammatory process. The order of anaphylatoxin activity from strongest to weakest is C5a, C3a, C4a, and C5a des-arginine. The latter is the so-called "classical" anaphylatoxin but shows no spasmogenic activity though it contains some chemotactic ability. [NIH] Anatomical: Pertaining to anatomy, or to the structure of the organism. [EU] Anorexia: Lack or loss of appetite for food. Appetite is psychologic, dependent on memory and associations. Anorexia can be brought about by unattractive food, surroundings, or company. [NIH] Anorexia Nervosa: The chief symptoms are inability to eat, weight loss, and amenorrhea. [NIH]

Antibodies: Immunoglobulin molecules having a specific amino acid sequence by virtue of which they interact only with the antigen that induced their synthesis in cells of the lymphoid series (especially plasma cells), or with an antigen closely related to it. [NIH] Antibody: A type of protein made by certain white blood cells in response to a foreign substance (antigen). Each antibody can bind to only a specific antigen. The purpose of this binding is to help destroy the antigen. Antibodies can work in several ways, depending on the nature of the antigen. Some antibodies destroy antigens directly. Others make it easier for white blood cells to destroy the antigen. [NIH] Anticonvulsant: An agent that prevents or relieves convulsions. [EU] Antigen: Any substance which is capable, under appropriate conditions, of inducing a specific immune response and of reacting with the products of that response, that is, with specific antibody or specifically sensitized T-lymphocytes, or both. Antigens may be soluble substances, such as toxins and foreign proteins, or particulate, such as bacteria and tissue cells; however, only the portion of the protein or polysaccharide molecule known as the antigenic determinant (q.v.) combines with antibody or a specific receptor on a lymphocyte. Abbreviated Ag. [EU] Antigen-Antibody Complex: The complex formed by the binding of antigen and antibody molecules. The deposition of large antigen-antibody complexes leading to tissue damage causes immune complex diseases. [NIH]

Dictionary 149

Anus: The opening of the rectum to the outside of the body. [NIH] Anxiety: Persistent feeling of dread, apprehension, and impending disaster. [NIH] Anxiety Disorders: Disorders in which anxiety (persistent feelings of apprehension, tension, or uneasiness) is the predominant disturbance. [NIH] Applicability: A list of the commodities to which the candidate method can be applied as presented or with minor modifications. [NIH] Arteries: The vessels carrying blood away from the heart. [NIH] Autoantibodies: Antibodies that react with self-antigens (autoantigens) of the organism that produced them. [NIH] Autoantigens: Endogenous tissue constituents that have the ability to interact with autoantibodies and cause an immune response. [NIH] Bacterial Physiology: Physiological processes and activities of bacteria. [NIH] Bacterium: Microscopic organism which may have a spherical, rod-like, or spiral unicellular or non-cellular body. Bacteria usually reproduce through asexual processes. [NIH] Behavior Therapy: The application of modern theories of learning and conditioning in the treatment of behavior disorders. [NIH] Behavioral Sciences: Disciplines concerned with the study of human and animal behavior. [NIH]

Bereavement: Refers to the whole process of grieving and mourning and is associated with a deep sense of loss and sadness. [NIH] Bewilderment: Impairment or loss of will power. [NIH] Biogenic Monoamines: Biogenic amines having only one amine moiety. Included in this group are all natural monoamines formed by the enzymatic decarboxylation of natural amino acids. [NIH] Biological Transport: The movement of materials (including biochemical substances and drugs) across cell membranes and epithelial layers, usually by passive diffusion. [NIH] Biotechnology: Body of knowledge related to the use of organisms, cells or cell-derived constituents for the purpose of developing products which are technically, scientifically and clinically useful. Alteration of biologic function at the molecular level (i.e., genetic engineering) is a central focus; laboratory methods used include transfection and cloning technologies, sequence and structure analysis algorithms, computer databases, and gene and protein structure function analysis and prediction. [NIH] Bipolar Disorder: A major affective disorder marked by severe mood swings (manic or major depressive episodes) and a tendency to remission and recurrence. [NIH] Bladder: The organ that stores urine. [NIH] Blood Glucose: Glucose in blood. [NIH] Blood pressure: The pressure of blood against the walls of a blood vessel or heart chamber. Unless there is reference to another location, such as the pulmonary artery or one of the heart chambers, it refers to the pressure in the systemic arteries, as measured, for example, in the forearm. [NIH] Blood vessel: A tube in the body through which blood circulates. Blood vessels include a network of arteries, arterioles, capillaries, venules, and veins. [NIH] Body Composition: The relative amounts of various components in the body, such as percent body fat. [NIH] Bowel: The long tube-shaped organ in the abdomen that completes the process of digestion.

150

Family Therapy

There is both a small and a large bowel. Also called the intestine. [NIH] Calcium: A basic element found in nearly all organized tissues. It is a member of the alkaline earth family of metals with the atomic symbol Ca, atomic number 20, and atomic weight 40. Calcium is the most abundant mineral in the body and combines with phosphorus to form calcium phosphate in the bones and teeth. It is essential for the normal functioning of nerves and muscles and plays a role in blood coagulation (as factor IV) and in many enzymatic processes. [NIH] Carbamazepine: An anticonvulsant used to control grand mal and psychomotor or focal seizures. Its mode of action is not fully understood, but some of its actions resemble those of phenytoin; although there is little chemical resemblance between the two compounds, their three-dimensional structure is similar. [NIH] Carbohydrate: An aldehyde or ketone derivative of a polyhydric alcohol, particularly of the pentahydric and hexahydric alcohols. They are so named because the hydrogen and oxygen are usually in the proportion to form water, (CH2O)n. The most important carbohydrates are the starches, sugars, celluloses, and gums. They are classified into mono-, di-, tri-, polyand heterosaccharides. [EU] Carcinogenic: Producing carcinoma. [EU] Cardiovascular: Having to do with the heart and blood vessels. [NIH] Cardiovascular disease: Any abnormal condition characterized by dysfunction of the heart and blood vessels. CVD includes atherosclerosis (especially coronary heart disease, which can lead to heart attacks), cerebrovascular disease (e.g., stroke), and hypertension (high blood pressure). [NIH] Case report: A detailed report of the diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up of an individual patient. Case reports also contain some demographic information about the patient (for example, age, gender, ethnic origin). [NIH] Catecholamine: A group of chemical substances manufactured by the adrenal medulla and secreted during physiological stress. [NIH] Causal: Pertaining to a cause; directed against a cause. [EU] Cell: The individual unit that makes up all of the tissues of the body. All living things are made up of one or more cells. [NIH] Cerebral: Of or pertaining of the cerebrum or the brain. [EU] Cerebral Palsy: Refers to a motor disability caused by a brain dysfunction. [NIH] Cerebrovascular: Pertaining to the blood vessels of the cerebrum, or brain. [EU] Cerebrum: The largest part of the brain. It is divided into two hemispheres, or halves, called the cerebral hemispheres. The cerebrum controls muscle functions of the body and also controls speech, emotions, reading, writing, and learning. [NIH] Chemotactic Factors: Chemical substances that attract or repel cells or organisms. The concept denotes especially those factors released as a result of tissue injury, invasion, or immunologic activity, that attract leukocytes, macrophages, or other cells to the site of infection or insult. [NIH] Child Behavior: Any observable response or action of a child from 24 months through 12 years of age. For neonates or children younger than 24 months, infant behavior is available. [NIH]

Child Care: Care of children in the home or institution. [NIH] Child Custody: The formally authorized guardianship or care of a child. [NIH] Child Psychiatry: The medical science that deals with the origin, diagnosis, prevention, and

Dictionary 151

treatment of mental disorders in children. [NIH] Child Rearing: The training or bringing-up of children by parents or parent-substitutes. It is used also for child rearing practices in different societies, at different economic levels, in different ethnic groups, etc. It differs from parenting in that in child rearing the emphasis is on the act of training or bringing up the child and the interaction between the parent and child, while parenting emphasizes the responsibility and qualities of exemplary behavior of the parent. [NIH] Child Welfare: Organized efforts by communities or organizations to improve the health and well-being of the child. [NIH] Chin: The anatomical frontal portion of the mandible, also known as the mentum, that contains the line of fusion of the two separate halves of the mandible (symphysis menti). This line of fusion divides inferiorly to enclose a triangular area called the mental protuberance. On each side, inferior to the second premolar tooth, is the mental foramen for the passage of blood vessels and a nerve. [NIH] Chronic: A disease or condition that persists or progresses over a long period of time. [NIH] Chronic Disease: Disease or ailment of long duration. [NIH] Clinical study: A research study in which patients receive treatment in a clinic or other medical facility. Reports of clinical studies can contain results for single patients (case reports) or many patients (case series or clinical trials). [NIH] Clinical trial: A research study that tests how well new medical treatments or other interventions work in people. Each study is designed to test new methods of screening, prevention, diagnosis, or treatment of a disease. [NIH] Cloning: The production of a number of genetically identical individuals; in genetic engineering, a process for the efficient replication of a great number of identical DNA molecules. [NIH] Cognition: Intellectual or mental process whereby an organism becomes aware of or obtains knowledge. [NIH] Cognitive behavior therapy: A system of psychotherapy based on the premise that distorted or dysfunctional thinking, which influences a person's mood or behavior, is common to all psychosocial problems. The focus of therapy is to identify the distorted thinking and to replace it with more rational, adaptive thoughts and beliefs. [NIH] Cognitive restructuring: A method of identifying and replacing fear-promoting, irrational beliefs with more realistic and functional ones. [NIH] Cognitive Therapy: A direct form of psychotherapy based on the interpretation of situations (cognitive structure of experiences) that determine how an individual feels and behaves. It is based on the premise that cognition, the process of acquiring knowledge and forming beliefs, is a primary determinant of mood and behavior. The therapy uses behavioral and verbal techniques to identify and correct negative thinking that is at the root of the aberrant behavior. [NIH] Colitis: Inflammation of the colon. [NIH] Colon: The long, coiled, tubelike organ that removes water from digested food. The remaining material, solid waste called stool, moves through the colon to the rectum and leaves the body through the anus. [NIH] Comorbidity: The presence of co-existing or additional diseases with reference to an initial diagnosis or with reference to the index condition that is the subject of study. Comorbidity may affect the ability of affected individuals to function and also their survival; it may be used as a prognostic indicator for length of hospital stay, cost factors, and outcome or

152

Family Therapy

survival. [NIH] Competency: The capacity of the bacterium to take up DNA from its surroundings. [NIH] Complement: A term originally used to refer to the heat-labile factor in serum that causes immune cytolysis, the lysis of antibody-coated cells, and now referring to the entire functionally related system comprising at least 20 distinct serum proteins that is the effector not only of immune cytolysis but also of other biologic functions. Complement activation occurs by two different sequences, the classic and alternative pathways. The proteins of the classic pathway are termed 'components of complement' and are designated by the symbols C1 through C9. C1 is a calcium-dependent complex of three distinct proteins C1q, C1r and C1s. The proteins of the alternative pathway (collectively referred to as the properdin system) and complement regulatory proteins are known by semisystematic or trivial names. Fragments resulting from proteolytic cleavage of complement proteins are designated with lower-case letter suffixes, e.g., C3a. Inactivated fragments may be designated with the suffix 'i', e.g. C3bi. Activated components or complexes with biological activity are designated by a bar over the symbol e.g. C1 or C4b,2a. The classic pathway is activated by the binding of C1 to classic pathway activators, primarily antigen-antibody complexes containing IgM, IgG1, IgG3; C1q binds to a single IgM molecule or two adjacent IgG molecules. The alternative pathway can be activated by IgA immune complexes and also by nonimmunologic materials including bacterial endotoxins, microbial polysaccharides, and cell walls. Activation of the classic pathway triggers an enzymatic cascade involving C1, C4, C2 and C3; activation of the alternative pathway triggers a cascade involving C3 and factors B, D and P. Both result in the cleavage of C5 and the formation of the membrane attack complex. Complement activation also results in the formation of many biologically active complement fragments that act as anaphylatoxins, opsonins, or chemotactic factors. [EU] Complementary and alternative medicine: CAM. Forms of treatment that are used in addition to (complementary) or instead of (alternative) standard treatments. These practices are not considered standard medical approaches. CAM includes dietary supplements, megadose vitamins, herbal preparations, special teas, massage therapy, magnet therapy, spiritual healing, and meditation. [NIH] Complementary medicine: Practices not generally recognized by the medical community as standard or conventional medical approaches and used to enhance or complement the standard treatments. Complementary medicine includes the taking of dietary supplements, megadose vitamins, and herbal preparations; the drinking of special teas; and practices such as massage therapy, magnet therapy, spiritual healing, and meditation. [NIH] Compliance: Distensibility measure of a chamber such as the lungs (lung compliance) or bladder. Compliance is expressed as a change in volume per unit change in pressure. [NIH] Computational Biology: A field of biology concerned with the development of techniques for the collection and manipulation of biological data, and the use of such data to make biological discoveries or predictions. This field encompasses all computational methods and theories applicable to molecular biology and areas of computer-based techniques for solving biological problems including manipulation of models and datasets. [NIH] Conception: The onset of pregnancy, marked by implantation of the blastocyst; the formation of a viable zygote. [EU] Concomitant: Accompanying; accessory; joined with another. [EU] Confusion: A mental state characterized by bewilderment, emotional disturbance, lack of clear thinking, and perceptual disorientation. [NIH] Connective Tissue: Tissue that supports and binds other tissues. It consists of connective tissue cells embedded in a large amount of extracellular matrix. [NIH]

Dictionary 153

Connective Tissue: Tissue that supports and binds other tissues. It consists of connective tissue cells embedded in a large amount of extracellular matrix. [NIH] Consciousness: Sense of awareness of self and of the environment. [NIH] Constipation: Infrequent or difficult evacuation of feces. [NIH] Consultation: A deliberation between two or more physicians concerning the diagnosis and the proper method of treatment in a case. [NIH] Consumer Satisfaction: Customer satisfaction or dissatisfaction with a benefit or service received. [NIH] Contraceptive: An agent that diminishes the likelihood of or prevents conception. [EU] Contraindications: Any factor or sign that it is unwise to pursue a certain kind of action or treatment, e. g. giving a general anesthetic to a person with pneumonia. [NIH] Control group: In a clinical trial, the group that does not receive the new treatment being studied. This group is compared to the group that receives the new treatment, to see if the new treatment works. [NIH] Controlled clinical trial: A clinical study that includes a comparison (control) group. The comparison group receives a placebo, another treatment, or no treatment at all. [NIH] Controlled study: An experiment or clinical trial that includes a comparison (control) group. [NIH]

Conventional therapy: A currently accepted and widely used treatment for a certain type of disease, based on the results of past research. Also called conventional treatment. [NIH] Conventional treatment: A currently accepted and widely used treatment for a certain type of disease, based on the results of past research. Also called conventional therapy. [NIH] Coordination: Muscular or motor regulation or the harmonious cooperation of muscles or groups of muscles, in a complex action or series of actions. [NIH] Coronary: Encircling in the manner of a crown; a term applied to vessels; nerves, ligaments, etc. The term usually denotes the arteries that supply the heart muscle and, by extension, a pathologic involvement of them. [EU] Coronary heart disease: A type of heart disease caused by narrowing of the coronary arteries that feed the heart, which needs a constant supply of oxygen and nutrients carried by the blood in the coronary arteries. When the coronary arteries become narrowed or clogged by fat and cholesterol deposits and cannot supply enough blood to the heart, CHD results. [NIH] Coronary Thrombosis: Presence of a thrombus in a coronary artery, often causing a myocardial infarction. [NIH] Cost-benefit: A quantitative technique of economic analysis which, when applied to radiation practice, compares the health detriment from the radiation doses concerned with the cost of radiation dose reduction in that practice. [NIH] C-Peptide: A 31-amino acid peptide which connects the A and B chains of proinsulin. The exact composition of the peptide is species dependent. In beta cells proinsulin is enzymatically converted to insulin with the liberation of the C-peptide. An immunoassay has been developed for assessing pancreatic beta cell secretory function in diabetic patients in whom circulating insulin antibodies and exogenous insulin interfere with insulin immunoassay. [NIH] Curative: Tending to overcome disease and promote recovery. [EU] Cybernetics: That branch of learning which brings together theories and studies on communication and control in living organisms and machines. [NIH]

154

Family Therapy

Data Collection: Systematic gathering of data for a particular purpose from various sources, including questionnaires, interviews, observation, existing records, and electronic devices. The process is usually preliminary to statistical analysis of the data. [NIH] Decision Making: The process of making a selective intellectual judgment when presented with several complex alternatives consisting of several variables, and usually defining a course of action or an idea. [NIH] Delivery of Health Care: The concept concerned with all aspects of providing and distributing health services to a patient population. [NIH] Dementia: An acquired organic mental disorder with loss of intellectual abilities of sufficient severity to interfere with social or occupational functioning. The dysfunction is multifaceted and involves memory, behavior, personality, judgment, attention, spatial relations, language, abstract thought, and other executive functions. The intellectual decline is usually progressive, and initially spares the level of consciousness. [NIH] Depressive Disorder: An affective disorder manifested by either a dysphoric mood or loss of interest or pleasure in usual activities. The mood disturbance is prominent and relatively persistent. [NIH] Developing Countries: Countries in the process of change directed toward economic growth, that is, an increase in production, per capita consumption, and income. The process of economic growth involves better utilization of natural and human resources, which results in a change in the social, political, and economic structures. [NIH] Diabetes Mellitus: A heterogeneous group of disorders that share glucose intolerance in common. [NIH] Diagnostic procedure: A method used to identify a disease. [NIH] Diarrhea: Passage of excessively liquid or excessively frequent stools. [NIH] Diffusion: The tendency of a gas or solute to pass from a point of higher pressure or concentration to a point of lower pressure or concentration and to distribute itself throughout the available space; a major mechanism of biological transport. [NIH] Digestion: The process of breakdown of food for metabolism and use by the body. [NIH] Direct: 1. Straight; in a straight line. 2. Performed immediately and without the intervention of subsidiary means. [EU] Disabled Children: Children with mental or physical disabilities that interfere with usual activities of daily living and that may require accommodation or intervention. [NIH] Discrimination: The act of qualitative and/or quantitative differentiation between two or more stimuli. [NIH] Disorientation: The loss of proper bearings, or a state of mental confusion as to time, place, or identity. [EU] Distal: Remote; farther from any point of reference; opposed to proximal. In dentistry, used to designate a position on the dental arch farther from the median line of the jaw. [EU] Drug Interactions: The action of a drug that may affect the activity, metabolism, or toxicity of another drug. [NIH] Dysphoric: A feeling of unpleasantness and discomfort. [NIH] Eating Disorders: A group of disorders characterized by physiological and psychological disturbances in appetite or food intake. [NIH] Effector: It is often an enzyme that converts an inactive precursor molecule into an active second messenger. [NIH]

Dictionary 155

Efficacy: The extent to which a specific intervention, procedure, regimen, or service produces a beneficial result under ideal conditions. Ideally, the determination of efficacy is based on the results of a randomized control trial. [NIH] Empirical: A treatment based on an assumed diagnosis, prior to receiving confirmatory laboratory test results. [NIH] Encopresis: Incontinence of feces not due to organic defect or illness. [NIH] Endocrine System: The system of glands that release their secretions (hormones) directly into the circulatory system. In addition to the endocrine glands, included are the chromaffin system and the neurosecretory systems. [NIH] Endotoxins: Toxins closely associated with the living cytoplasm or cell wall of certain microorganisms, which do not readily diffuse into the culture medium, but are released upon lysis of the cells. [NIH] Enuresis: Involuntary discharge of urine after the age at which urinary control should have been achieved; often used alone with specific reference to involuntary discharge of urine occurring during sleep at night (bed-wetting, nocturnal enuresis). [EU] Environmental Health: The science of controlling or modifying those conditions, influences, or forces surrounding man which relate to promoting, establishing, and maintaining health. [NIH]

Enzymatic: Phase where enzyme cuts the precursor protein. [NIH] Ethnic Groups: A group of people with a common cultural heritage that sets them apart from others in a variety of social relationships. [NIH] Evacuation: An emptying, as of the bowels. [EU] Exogenous: Developed or originating outside the organism, as exogenous disease. [EU] Family Characteristics: Size and composition of the family. [NIH] Family Planning: Programs or services designed to assist the family in controlling reproduction by either improving or diminishing fertility. [NIH] Family Relations: Behavioral, psychological, and social relations among various members of the nuclear family and the extended family. [NIH] Fat: Total lipids including phospholipids. [NIH] Fathers: Male parents, human or animal. [NIH] Feces: The excrement discharged from the intestines, consisting of bacteria, cells exfoliated from the intestines, secretions, chiefly of the liver, and a small amount of food residue. [EU] Fetus: The developing offspring from 7 to 8 weeks after conception until birth. [NIH] Fibrosis: Any pathological condition where fibrous connective tissue invades any organ, usually as a consequence of inflammation or other injury. [NIH] Fluvoxamine: A selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor. It is effective in the treatment of depression, obsessive-compulsive disorders, anxiety, panic disorders, and alcohol amnestic disorders. [NIH] Focus Groups: A method of data collection and a qualitative research tool in which a small group of individuals are brought together and allowed to interact in a discussion of their opinions about topics, issues, or questions. [NIH] Food Habits: Acquired or learned food preferences. [NIH] Food Preferences: The selection of one food over another. [NIH] Gallbladder: The pear-shaped organ that sits below the liver. Bile is concentrated and stored

156

Family Therapy

in the gallbladder. [NIH] Ganglia: Clusters of multipolar neurons surrounded by a capsule of loosely organized connective tissue located outside the central nervous system. [NIH] Gas: Air that comes from normal breakdown of food. The gases are passed out of the body through the rectum (flatus) or the mouth (burp). [NIH] Gene: The functional and physical unit of heredity passed from parent to offspring. Genes are pieces of DNA, and most genes contain the information for making a specific protein. [NIH]

Gifted: As used in child psychiatry, this term is meant to refer to a child whose intelligence is in the upper 2 per cent of the total population of his age. [NIH] Glucose: D-Glucose. A primary source of energy for living organisms. It is naturally occurring and is found in fruits and other parts of plants in its free state. It is used therapeutically in fluid and nutrient replacement. [NIH] Glucose Intolerance: A pathological state in which the fasting plasma glucose level is less than 140 mg per deciliter and the 30-, 60-, or 90-minute plasma glucose concentration following a glucose tolerance test exceeds 200 mg per deciliter. This condition is seen frequently in diabetes mellitus but also occurs with other diseases. [NIH] Glucose tolerance: The power of the normal liver to absorb and store large quantities of glucose and the effectiveness of intestinal absorption of glucose. The glucose tolerance test is a metabolic test of carbohydrate tolerance that measures active insulin, a hepatic function based on the ability of the liver to absorb glucose. The test consists of ingesting 100 grams of glucose into a fasting stomach; blood sugar should return to normal in 2 to 21 hours after ingestion. [NIH] Glucose Tolerance Test: Determination of whole blood or plasma sugar in a fasting state before and at prescribed intervals (usually 1/2 hr, 1 hr, 3 hr, 4 hr) after taking a specified amount (usually 100 gm orally) of glucose. [NIH] Governing Board: The group in which legal authority is vested for the control of healthrelated institutions and organizations. [NIH] Grade: The grade of a tumor depends on how abnormal the cancer cells look under a microscope and how quickly the tumor is likely to grow and spread. Grading systems are different for each type of cancer. [NIH] Happiness: Highly pleasant emotion characterized by outward manifestations of gratification; joy. [NIH] Health Care Costs: The actual costs of providing services related to the delivery of health care, including the costs of procedures, therapies, and medications. It is differentiated from health expenditures, which refers to the amount of money paid for the services, and from fees, which refers to the amount charged, regardless of cost. [NIH] Health Expenditures: The amounts spent by individuals, groups, nations, or private or public organizations for total health care and/or its various components. These amounts may or may not be equivalent to the actual costs (health care costs) and may or may not be shared among the patient, insurers, and/or employers. [NIH] Health Promotion: Encouraging consumer behaviors most likely to optimize health potentials (physical and psychosocial) through health information, preventive programs, and access to medical care. [NIH] Health Services: Services for the diagnosis and treatment of disease and the maintenance of health. [NIH] Heart attack: A seizure of weak or abnormal functioning of the heart. [NIH]

Dictionary 157

Hepatic: Refers to the liver. [NIH] Hormone: A substance in the body that regulates certain organs. Hormones such as gastrin help in breaking down food. Some hormones come from cells in the stomach and small intestine. [NIH] Hybrid: Cross fertilization between two varieties or, more usually, two species of vines, see also crossing. [NIH] Hyperemesis: Excessive vomiting. [EU] Hypertension: Persistently high arterial blood pressure. Currently accepted threshold levels are 140 mm Hg systolic and 90 mm Hg diastolic pressure. [NIH] Hypnotherapy: Sleeping-cure. [NIH] Immunoassay: Immunochemical assay or detection of a substance by serologic or immunologic methods. Usually the substance being studied serves as antigen both in antibody production and in measurement of antibody by the test substance. [NIH] Impairment: In the context of health experience, an impairment is any loss or abnormality of psychological, physiological, or anatomical structure or function. [NIH] Infant Behavior: Any observable response or action of a neonate or infant up through the age of 23 months. [NIH] Infarction: A pathological process consisting of a sudden insufficient blood supply to an area, which results in necrosis of that area. It is usually caused by a thrombus, an embolus, or a vascular torsion. [NIH] Infection: 1. Invasion and multiplication of microorganisms in body tissues, which may be clinically unapparent or result in local cellular injury due to competitive metabolism, toxins, intracellular replication, or antigen-antibody response. The infection may remain localized, subclinical, and temporary if the body's defensive mechanisms are effective. A local infection may persist and spread by extension to become an acute, subacute, or chronic clinical infection or disease state. A local infection may also become systemic when the microorganisms gain access to the lymphatic or vascular system. 2. An infectious disease. [EU]

Inflammation: A pathological process characterized by injury or destruction of tissues caused by a variety of cytologic and chemical reactions. It is usually manifested by typical signs of pain, heat, redness, swelling, and loss of function. [NIH] Inflammatory bowel disease: A general term that refers to the inflammation of the colon and rectum. Inflammatory bowel disease includes ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. [NIH]

Informed Consent: Voluntary authorization, given to the physician by the patient, with full comprehension of the risks involved, for diagnostic or investigative procedures and medical and surgical treatment. [NIH] Ingestion: Taking into the body by mouth [NIH] Initiation: Mutation induced by a chemical reactive substance causing cell changes; being a step in a carcinogenic process. [NIH] Inpatients: Persons admitted to health facilities which provide board and room, for the purpose of observation, care, diagnosis or treatment. [NIH] Insight: The capacity to understand one's own motives, to be aware of one's own psychodynamics, to appreciate the meaning of symbolic behavior. [NIH] Insulin: A protein hormone secreted by beta cells of the pancreas. Insulin plays a major role in the regulation of glucose metabolism, generally promoting the cellular utilization of

158

Family Therapy

glucose. It is also an important regulator of protein and lipid metabolism. Insulin is used as a drug to control insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. [NIH] Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: A disease characterized by high levels of blood glucose resulting from defects in insulin secretion, insulin action, or both. Autoimmune, genetic, and environmental factors are involved in the development of type I diabetes. [NIH] Intensive Care: Advanced and highly specialized care provided to medical or surgical patients whose conditions are life-threatening and require comprehensive care and constant monitoring. It is usually administered in specially equipped units of a health care facility. [NIH]

Intestinal: Having to do with the intestines. [NIH] Intestine: A long, tube-shaped organ in the abdomen that completes the process of digestion. There is both a large intestine and a small intestine. Also called the bowel. [NIH] Intoxication: Poisoning, the state of being poisoned. [EU] Intracellular: Inside a cell. [NIH] Intravenous: IV. Into a vein. [NIH] Involuntary: Reaction occurring without intention or volition. [NIH] Islet: Cell producing insulin in pancreas. [NIH] Isomorphism: The name given to the phenomenon whereby two or more minerals crystallize in the same class of the same system of symmetry and develop very similar forms. [NIH] Kb: A measure of the length of DNA fragments, 1 Kb = 1000 base pairs. The largest DNA fragments are up to 50 kilobases long. [NIH] Labile: 1. Gliding; moving from point to point over the surface; unstable; fluctuating. 2. Chemically unstable. [EU] Large Intestine: The part of the intestine that goes from the cecum to the rectum. The large intestine absorbs water from stool and changes it from a liquid to a solid form. The large intestine is 5 feet long and includes the appendix, cecum, colon, and rectum. Also called colon. [NIH] Latent: Phoria which occurs at one distance or another and which usually has no troublesome effect. [NIH] Least-Squares Analysis: A principle of estimation in which the estimates of a set of parameters in a statistical model are those quantities minimizing the sum of squared differences between the observed values of a dependent variable and the values predicted by the model. [NIH] Ligament: A band of fibrous tissue that connects bones or cartilages, serving to support and strengthen joints. [EU] Likelihood Functions: Functions constructed from a statistical model and a set of observed data which give the probability of that data for various values of the unknown model parameters. Those parameter values that maximize the probability are the maximum likelihood estimates of the parameters. [NIH] Linear Models: Statistical models in which the value of a parameter for a given value of a factor is assumed to be equal to a + bx, where a and b are constants. The models predict a linear regression. [NIH] Lipid: Fat. [NIH] Lithium: An element in the alkali metals family. It has the atomic symbol Li, atomic number

Dictionary 159

3, and atomic weight 6.94. Salts of lithium are used in treating manic-depressive disorders. [NIH]

Lithium Carbonate: A lithium salt, classified as a mood-stabilizing agent. Lithium ion alters the metabolism of biogenic monoamines in the central nervous system, and affects multiple neurotransmission systems. [NIH] Liver: A large, glandular organ located in the upper abdomen. The liver cleanses the blood and aids in digestion by secreting bile. [NIH] Living will: A health care directive that tells others how a person would like to be treated if they lose their capacity to make decisions about health care; it contains instructions about the person's choices of medical treatment and it is prepared in advance. [NIH] Localized: Cancer which has not metastasized yet. [NIH] Logistic Models: Statistical models which describe the relationship between a qualitative dependent variable (that is, one which can take only certain discrete values, such as the presence or absence of a disease) and an independent variable. A common application is in epidemiology for estimating an individual's risk (probability of a disease) as a function of a given risk factor. [NIH] Longitudinal Studies: Studies in which variables relating to an individual or group of individuals are assessed over a period of time. [NIH] Lymphatic: The tissues and organs, including the bone marrow, spleen, thymus, and lymph nodes, that produce and store cells that fight infection and disease. [NIH] Lymphocyte: A white blood cell. Lymphocytes have a number of roles in the immune system, including the production of antibodies and other substances that fight infection and diseases. [NIH] Lymphoid: Referring to lymphocytes, a type of white blood cell. Also refers to tissue in which lymphocytes develop. [NIH] Mania: Excitement of psychotic proportions manifested by mental and physical hyperactivity, disorganization of behaviour, and elevation of mood. [EU] Manic: Affected with mania. [EU] Manifest: Being the part or aspect of a phenomenon that is directly observable : concretely expressed in behaviour. [EU] Mediate: Indirect; accomplished by the aid of an intervening medium. [EU] Mediator: An object or substance by which something is mediated, such as (1) a structure of the nervous system that transmits impulses eliciting a specific response; (2) a chemical substance (transmitter substance) that induces activity in an excitable tissue, such as nerve or muscle; or (3) a substance released from cells as the result of the interaction of antigen with antibody or by the action of antigen with a sensitized lymphocyte. [EU] MEDLINE: An online database of MEDLARS, the computerized bibliographic Medical Literature Analysis and Retrieval System of the National Library of Medicine. [NIH] Membrane: A very thin layer of tissue that covers a surface. [NIH] Memory: Complex mental function having four distinct phases: (1) memorizing or learning, (2) retention, (3) recall, and (4) recognition. Clinically, it is usually subdivided into immediate, recent, and remote memory. [NIH] Mental: Pertaining to the mind; psychic. 2. (L. mentum chin) pertaining to the chin. [EU] Mental Disorders: Psychiatric illness or diseases manifested by breakdowns in the adaptational process expressed primarily as abnormalities of thought, feeling, and behavior producing either distress or impairment of function. [NIH]

160

Family Therapy

Mental Health: The state wherein the person is well adjusted. [NIH] Mental Health Services: Organized services to provide mental health care. [NIH] Mental Processes: Conceptual functions or thinking in all its forms. [NIH] Mentors: Senior professionals who provide guidance, direction and support to those persons desirous of improvement in academic positions, administrative positions or other career development situations. [NIH] MI: Myocardial infarction. Gross necrosis of the myocardium as a result of interruption of the blood supply to the area; it is almost always caused by atherosclerosis of the coronary arteries, upon which coronary thrombosis is usually superimposed. [NIH] Microbiology: The study of microorganisms such as fungi, bacteria, algae, archaea, and viruses. [NIH] Minority Groups: A subgroup having special characteristics within a larger group, often bound together by special ties which distinguish it from the larger group. [NIH] Modeling: A treatment procedure whereby the therapist presents the target behavior which the learner is to imitate and make part of his repertoire. [NIH] Modification: A change in an organism, or in a process in an organism, that is acquired from its own activity or environment. [NIH] Molecular: Of, pertaining to, or composed of molecules : a very small mass of matter. [EU] Molecule: A chemical made up of two or more atoms. The atoms in a molecule can be the same (an oxygen molecule has two oxygen atoms) or different (a water molecule has two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom). Biological molecules, such as proteins and DNA, can be made up of many thousands of atoms. [NIH] Monitor: An apparatus which automatically records such physiological signs as respiration, pulse, and blood pressure in an anesthetized patient or one undergoing surgical or other procedures. [NIH] Mood Disorders: Those disorders that have a disturbance in mood as their predominant feature. [NIH] Morphine: The principal alkaloid in opium and the prototype opiate analgesic and narcotic. Morphine has widespread effects in the central nervous system and on smooth muscle. [NIH] Mother-Child Relations: Interaction between the mother and the child. [NIH] Mucus: The viscous secretion of mucous membranes. It contains mucin, white blood cells, water, inorganic salts, and exfoliated cells. [NIH] Multivariate Analysis: A set of techniques used when variation in several variables has to be studied simultaneously. In statistics, multivariate analysis is interpreted as any analytic method that allows simultaneous study of two or more dependent variables. [NIH] Myocardium: The muscle tissue of the heart composed of striated, involuntary muscle known as cardiac muscle. [NIH] Naltrexone: Derivative of noroxymorphone that is the N-cyclopropylmethyl congener of naloxone. It is a narcotic antagonist that is effective orally, longer lasting and more potent than naloxone, and has been proposed for the treatment of heroin addiction. The FDA has approved naltrexone for the treatment of alcohol dependence. [NIH] Narcosis: A general and nonspecific reversible depression of neuronal excitability, produced by a number of physical and chemical aspects, usually resulting in stupor. [NIH] Narcotic: 1. Pertaining to or producing narcosis. 2. An agent that produces insensibility or stupor, applied especially to the opioids, i.e. to any natural or synthetic drug that has

Dictionary 161

morphine-like actions. [EU] Necrosis: A pathological process caused by the progressive degradative action of enzymes that is generally associated with severe cellular trauma. It is characterized by mitochondrial swelling, nuclear flocculation, uncontrolled cell lysis, and ultimately cell death. [NIH] Nerve: A cordlike structure of nervous tissue that connects parts of the nervous system with other tissues of the body and conveys nervous impulses to, or away from, these tissues. [NIH] Nervous System: The entire nerve apparatus composed of the brain, spinal cord, nerves and ganglia. [NIH] Networks: Pertaining to a nerve or to the nerves, a meshlike structure of interlocking fibers or strands. [NIH] Neuroendocrine: Having to do with the interactions between the nervous system and the endocrine system. Describes certain cells that release hormones into the blood in response to stimulation of the nervous system. [NIH] Neurosis: Functional derangement due to disorders of the nervous system which does not affect the psychic personality of the patient. [NIH] Neurotic: 1. Pertaining to or characterized by neurosis. 2. A person affected with a neurosis. [EU]

Nonverbal Communication: Transmission of emotions, ideas, and attitudes between individuals in ways other than the spoken language. [NIH] Nuclear: A test of the structure, blood flow, and function of the kidneys. The doctor injects a mildly radioactive solution into an arm vein and uses x-rays to monitor its progress through the kidneys. [NIH] Nuclear Family: A family composed of spouses and their children. [NIH] Nurse Practitioners: Nurses who are specially trained to assume an expanded role in providing medical care under the supervision of a physician. [NIH] Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: An anxiety disorder characterized by recurrent, persistent obsessions or compulsions. Obsessions are the intrusive ideas, thoughts, or images that are experienced as senseless or repugnant. Compulsions are repetitive and seemingly purposeful behavior which the individual generally recognizes as senseless and from which the individual does not derive pleasure although it may provide a release from tension. [NIH] Opiate: A remedy containing or derived from opium; also any drug that induces sleep. [EU] Opium: The air-dried exudate from the unripe seed capsule of the opium poppy, Papaver somniferum, or its variant, P. album. It contains a number of alkaloids, but only a few morphine, codeine, and papaverine - have clinical significance. Opium has been used as an analgesic, antitussive, antidiarrheal, and antispasmodic. [NIH] Outpatient: A patient who is not an inmate of a hospital but receives diagnosis or treatment in a clinic or dispensary connected with the hospital. [NIH] Palliative: 1. Affording relief, but not cure. 2. An alleviating medicine. [EU] Pancreas: A mixed exocrine and endocrine gland situated transversely across the posterior abdominal wall in the epigastric and hypochondriac regions. The endocrine portion is comprised of the Islets of Langerhans, while the exocrine portion is a compound acinar gland that secretes digestive enzymes. [NIH] Pancreatic: Having to do with the pancreas. [NIH] Panic: A state of extreme acute, intense anxiety and unreasoning fear accompanied by disorganization of personality function. [NIH]

162

Family Therapy

Panic Disorder: A type of anxiety disorder characterized by unexpected panic attacks that last minutes or, rarely, hours. Panic attacks begin with intense apprehension, fear or terror and, often, a feeling of impending doom. Symptoms experienced during a panic attack include dyspnea or sensations of being smothered; dizziness, loss of balance or faintness; choking sensations; palpitations or accelerated heart rate; shakiness; sweating; nausea or other form of abdominal distress; depersonalization or derealization; paresthesias; hot flashes or chills; chest discomfort or pain; fear of dying and fear of not being in control of oneself or going crazy. Agoraphobia may also develop. Similar to other anxiety disorders, it may be inherited as an autosomal dominant trait. [NIH] Paradoxical: Occurring at variance with the normal rule. [EU] Paralysis: Loss of ability to move all or part of the body. [NIH] Parent-Child Relations: The interactions between parent and child. [NIH] Patient Education: The teaching or training of patients concerning their own health needs. [NIH]

Pediatrics: A medical specialty concerned with maintaining health and providing medical care to children from birth to adolescence. [NIH] Peer Group: Group composed of associates of same species, approximately the same age, and usually of similar rank or social status. [NIH] Pelvic: Pertaining to the pelvis. [EU] Pelvis: The lower part of the abdomen, located between the hip bones. [NIH] Peptide: Any compound consisting of two or more amino acids, the building blocks of proteins. Peptides are combined to make proteins. [NIH] Perception: The ability quickly and accurately to recognize similarities and differences among presented objects, whether these be pairs of words, pairs of number series, or multiple sets of these or other symbols such as geometric figures. [NIH] Pharmacologic: Pertaining to pharmacology or to the properties and reactions of drugs. [EU] Pharmacotherapy: A regimen of using appetite suppressant medications to manage obesity by decreasing appetite or increasing the feeling of satiety. These medications decrease appetite by increasing serotonin or catecholamine—two brain chemicals that affect mood and appetite. [NIH] Phenytoin: An anticonvulsant that is used in a wide variety of seizures. It is also an antiarrhythmic and a muscle relaxant. The mechanism of therapeutic action is not clear, although several cellular actions have been described including effects on ion channels, active transport, and general membrane stabilization. The mechanism of its muscle relaxant effect appears to involve a reduction in the sensitivity of muscle spindles to stretch. Phenytoin has been proposed for several other therapeutic uses, but its use has been limited by its many adverse effects and interactions with other drugs. [NIH] Phobia: A persistent, irrational, intense fear of a specific object, activity, or situation (the phobic stimulus), fear that is recognized as being excessive or unreasonable by the individual himself. When a phobia is a significant source of distress or interferes with social functioning, it is considered a mental disorder; phobic disorder (or neurosis). In DSM III phobic disorders are subclassified as agoraphobia, social phobias, and simple phobias. Used as a word termination denoting irrational fear of or aversion to the subject indicated by the stem to which it is affixed. [EU] Phobic Disorders: Anxiety disorders in which the essential feature is persistent and irrational fear of a specific object, activity, or situation that the individual feels compelled to avoid. The individual recognizes the fear as excessive or unreasonable. [NIH]

Dictionary 163

Phospholipids: Lipids containing one or more phosphate groups, particularly those derived from either glycerol (phosphoglycerides; glycerophospholipids) or sphingosine (sphingolipids). They are polar lipids that are of great importance for the structure and function of cell membranes and are the most abundant of membrane lipids, although not stored in large amounts in the system. [NIH] Physical Examination: Systematic and thorough inspection of the patient for physical signs of disease or abnormality. [NIH] Physical Therapy: The restoration of function and the prevention of disability following disease or injury with the use of light, heat, cold, water, electricity, ultrasound, and exercise. [NIH]

Physician-Patient Relations: The interactions between physician and patient. [NIH] Pilot study: The initial study examining a new method or treatment. [NIH] Plants: Multicellular, eukaryotic life forms of the kingdom Plantae. They are characterized by a mainly photosynthetic mode of nutrition; essentially unlimited growth at localized regions of cell divisions (meristems); cellulose within cells providing rigidity; the absence of organs of locomotion; absense of nervous and sensory systems; and an alteration of haploid and diploid generations. [NIH] Plasma: The clear, yellowish, fluid part of the blood that carries the blood cells. The proteins that form blood clots are in plasma. [NIH] Plasma cells: A type of white blood cell that produces antibodies. [NIH] Pneumonia: Inflammation of the lungs. [NIH] Posterior: Situated in back of, or in the back part of, or affecting the back or dorsal surface of the body. In lower animals, it refers to the caudal end of the body. [EU] Practicability: A non-standard characteristic of an analytical procedure. It is dependent on the scope of the method and is determined by requirements such as sample throughout and costs. [NIH] Practice Guidelines: Directions or principles presenting current or future rules of policy for the health care practitioner to assist him in patient care decisions regarding diagnosis, therapy, or related clinical circumstances. The guidelines may be developed by government agencies at any level, institutions, professional societies, governing boards, or by the convening of expert panels. The guidelines form a basis for the evaluation of all aspects of health care and delivery. [NIH] Prenatal: Existing or occurring before birth, with reference to the fetus. [EU] Prenatal Care: Care provided the pregnant woman in order to prevent complications, and decrease the incidence of maternal and prenatal mortality. [NIH] Prevalence: The total number of cases of a given disease in a specified population at a designated time. It is differentiated from incidence, which refers to the number of new cases in the population at a given time. [NIH] Progression: Increase in the size of a tumor or spread of cancer in the body. [NIH] Progressive: Advancing; going forward; going from bad to worse; increasing in scope or severity. [EU] Proinsulin: The substance made first in the pancreas that is then made into insulin. When insulin is purified from the pancreas of pork or beef, all the proinsulin is not fully removed. When some people use these insulins, the proinsulin can cause the body to react with a rash, to resist the insulin, or even to make dents or lumps in the skin at the place where the insulin is injected. The purified insulins have less proinsulin and other impurities than the

164

Family Therapy

other types of insulins. [NIH] Prospective Studies: Observation of a population for a sufficient number of persons over a sufficient number of years to generate incidence or mortality rates subsequent to the selection of the study group. [NIH] Prostitution: The practice of indulging in promiscuous sexual relations for money. [NIH] Protein S: The vitamin K-dependent cofactor of activated protein C. Together with protein C, it inhibits the action of factors VIIIa and Va. A deficiency in protein S can lead to recurrent venous and arterial thrombosis. [NIH] Proteins: Polymers of amino acids linked by peptide bonds. The specific sequence of amino acids determines the shape and function of the protein. [NIH] Proteolytic: 1. Pertaining to, characterized by, or promoting proteolysis. 2. An enzyme that promotes proteolysis (= the splitting of proteins by hydrolysis of the peptide bonds with formation of smaller polypeptides). [EU] Protocol: The detailed plan for a clinical trial that states the trial's rationale, purpose, drug or vaccine dosages, length of study, routes of administration, who may participate, and other aspects of trial design. [NIH] Psychiatric: Pertaining to or within the purview of psychiatry. [EU] Psychiatric Nursing: A specialty concerned with the application of psychiatric principles in caring for the mentally ill. It also includes the nursing care provided the mentally ill patient. [NIH]

Psychiatry: The medical science that deals with the origin, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of mental disorders. [NIH] Psychic: Pertaining to the psyche or to the mind; mental. [EU] Psychoactive: Those drugs which alter sensation, mood, consciousness or other psychological or behavioral functions. [NIH] Psychology: The science dealing with the study of mental processes and behavior in man and animals. [NIH] Psychometrics: Assessment of psychological variables by the application of mathematical procedures. [NIH] Psychomotor: Pertaining to motor effects of cerebral or psychic activity. [EU] Psychopathology: The study of significant causes and processes in the development of mental illness. [NIH] Psychopharmacology: The study of the effects of drugs on mental and behavioral activity. [NIH]

Psychosomatic: Pertaining to the mind-body relationship; having bodily symptoms of psychic, emotional, or mental origin; called also psychophysiologic. [EU] Psychotherapy: A generic term for the treatment of mental illness or emotional disturbances primarily by verbal or nonverbal communication. [NIH] Public Health: Branch of medicine concerned with the prevention and control of disease and disability, and the promotion of physical and mental health of the population on the international, national, state, or municipal level. [NIH] Public Policy: A course or method of action selected, usually by a government, from among alternatives to guide and determine present and future decisions. [NIH] Publishing: "The business or profession of the commercial production and issuance of literature" (Webster's 3d). It includes the publisher, publication processes, editing and

Dictionary 165

editors. Production may be by conventional printing methods or by electronic publishing. [NIH]

Quality of Life: A generic concept reflecting concern with the modification and enhancement of life attributes, e.g., physical, political, moral and social environment. [NIH] Race: A population within a species which exhibits general similarities within itself, but is both discontinuous and distinct from other populations of that species, though not sufficiently so as to achieve the status of a taxon. [NIH] Radiation: Emission or propagation of electromagnetic energy (waves/rays), or the waves/rays themselves; a stream of electromagnetic particles (electrons, neutrons, protons, alpha particles) or a mixture of these. The most common source is the sun. [NIH] Radioactive: Giving off radiation. [NIH] Random Allocation: A process involving chance used in therapeutic trials or other research endeavor for allocating experimental subjects, human or animal, between treatment and control groups, or among treatment groups. It may also apply to experiments on inanimate objects. [NIH] Randomization: Also called random allocation. Is allocation of individuals to groups, e.g., for experimental and control regimens, by chance. Within the limits of chance variation, random allocation should make the control and experimental groups similar at the start of an investigation and ensure that personal judgment and prejudices of the investigator do not influence allocation. [NIH] Randomized: Describes an experiment or clinical trial in which animal or human subjects are assigned by chance to separate groups that compare different treatments. [NIH] Randomized clinical trial: A study in which the participants are assigned by chance to separate groups that compare different treatments; neither the researchers nor the participants can choose which group. Using chance to assign people to groups means that the groups will be similar and that the treatments they receive can be compared objectively. At the time of the trial, it is not known which treatment is best. It is the patient's choice to be in a randomized trial. [NIH] Receptor: A molecule inside or on the surface of a cell that binds to a specific substance and causes a specific physiologic effect in the cell. [NIH] Rectal: By or having to do with the rectum. The rectum is the last 8 to 10 inches of the large intestine and ends at the anus. [NIH] Rectum: The last 8 to 10 inches of the large intestine. [NIH] Recurrence: The return of a sign, symptom, or disease after a remission. [NIH] Refer: To send or direct for treatment, aid, information, de decision. [NIH] Regimen: A treatment plan that specifies the dosage, the schedule, and the duration of treatment. [NIH] Regression Analysis: Procedures for finding the mathematical function which best describes the relationship between a dependent variable and one or more independent variables. In linear regression (see linear models) the relationship is constrained to be a straight line and least-squares analysis is used to determine the best fit. In logistic regression (see logistic models) the dependent variable is qualitative rather than continuously variable and likelihood functions are used to find the best relationship. In multiple regression the dependent variable is considered to depend on more than a single independent variable. [NIH]

Relapse: The return of signs and symptoms of cancer after a period of improvement. [NIH] Reliability: Used technically, in a statistical sense, of consistency of a test with itself, i. e. the

166

Family Therapy

extent to which we can assume that it will yield the same result if repeated a second time. [NIH]

Remission: A decrease in or disappearance of signs and symptoms of cancer. In partial remission, some, but not all, signs and symptoms of cancer have disappeared. In complete remission, all signs and symptoms of cancer have disappeared, although there still may be cancer in the body. [NIH] Research Support: Financial support of research activities. [NIH] Ribosome: A granule of protein and RNA, synthesized in the nucleolus and found in the cytoplasm of cells. Ribosomes are the main sites of protein synthesis. Messenger RNA attaches to them and there receives molecules of transfer RNA bearing amino acids. [NIH] Risk factor: A habit, trait, condition, or genetic alteration that increases a person's chance of developing a disease. [NIH] Schizoid: Having qualities resembling those found in greater degree in schizophrenics; a person of schizoid personality. [NIH] Schizophrenia: A mental disorder characterized by a special type of disintegration of the personality. [NIH] Schizotypal Personality Disorder: A personality disorder in which there are oddities of thought (magical thinking, paranoid ideation, suspiciousness), perception (illusions, depersonalization), speech (digressive, vague, overelaborate), and behavior (inappropriate affect in social interactions, frequently social isolation) that are not severe enough to characterize schizophrenia. [NIH] Screening: Checking for disease when there are no symptoms. [NIH] Secretion: 1. The process of elaborating a specific product as a result of the activity of a gland; this activity may range from separating a specific substance of the blood to the elaboration of a new chemical substance. 2. Any substance produced by secretion. [EU] Secretory: Secreting; relating to or influencing secretion or the secretions. [NIH] Seizures: Clinical or subclinical disturbances of cortical function due to a sudden, abnormal, excessive, and disorganized discharge of brain cells. Clinical manifestations include abnormal motor, sensory and psychic phenomena. Recurrent seizures are usually referred to as epilepsy or "seizure disorder." [NIH] Serotonin: A biochemical messenger and regulator, synthesized from the essential amino acid L-tryptophan. In humans it is found primarily in the central nervous system, gastrointestinal tract, and blood platelets. Serotonin mediates several important physiological functions including neurotransmission, gastrointestinal motility, hemostasis, and cardiovascular integrity. Multiple receptor families (receptors, serotonin) explain the broad physiological actions and distribution of this biochemical mediator. [NIH] Serum: The clear liquid part of the blood that remains after blood cells and clotting proteins have been removed. [NIH] Sex Characteristics: Those characteristics that distinguish one sex from the other. The primary sex characteristics are the ovaries and testes and their related hormones. Secondary sex characteristics are those which are masculine or feminine but not directly related to reproduction. [NIH] Sexual Partners: Married or single individuals who share sexual relations. [NIH] Shock: The general bodily disturbance following a severe injury; an emotional or moral upset occasioned by some disturbing or unexpected experience; disruption of the circulation, which can upset all body functions: sometimes referred to as circulatory shock. [NIH]

Dictionary 167

Side effect: A consequence other than the one(s) for which an agent or measure is used, as the adverse effects produced by a drug, especially on a tissue or organ system other than the one sought to be benefited by its administration. [EU] Signs and Symptoms: Clinical manifestations that can be either objective when observed by a physician, or subjective when perceived by the patient. [NIH] Smoking Cessation: Discontinuation of the habit of smoking, the inhaling and exhaling of tobacco smoke. [NIH] Social Environment: The aggregate of social and cultural institutions, forms, patterns, and processes that influence the life of an individual or community. [NIH] Social Problems: Situations affecting a significant number of people, that are believed to be sources of difficulty or threaten the stability of the community, and that require programs of amelioration. [NIH] Social Support: Support systems that provide assistance and encouragement to individuals with physical or emotional disabilities in order that they may better cope. Informal social support is usually provided by friends, relatives, or peers, while formal assistance is provided by churches, groups, etc. [NIH] Social Work: The use of community resources, individual case work, or group work to promote the adaptive capacities of individuals in relation to their social and economic environments. It includes social service agencies. [NIH] Soma: The body as distinct from the mind; all the body tissue except the germ cells; all the axial body. [NIH] Somatic: 1. Pertaining to or characteristic of the soma or body. 2. Pertaining to the body wall in contrast to the viscera. [EU] Spastic: 1. Of the nature of or characterized by spasms. 2. Hypertonic, so that the muscles are stiff and the movements awkward. 3. A person exhibiting spasticity, such as occurs in spastic paralysis or in cerebral palsy. [EU] Specialist: In medicine, one who concentrates on 1 special branch of medical science. [NIH] Species: A taxonomic category subordinate to a genus (or subgenus) and superior to a subspecies or variety, composed of individuals possessing common characters distinguishing them from other categories of individuals of the same taxonomic level. In taxonomic nomenclature, species are designated by the genus name followed by a Latin or Latinized adjective or noun. [EU] Specificity: Degree of selectivity shown by an antibody with respect to the number and types of antigens with which the antibody combines, as well as with respect to the rates and the extents of these reactions. [NIH] Spinal cord: The main trunk or bundle of nerves running down the spine through holes in the spinal bone (the vertebrae) from the brain to the level of the lower back. [NIH] Staging: Performing exams and tests to learn the extent of the cancer within the body, especially whether the disease has spread from the original site to other parts of the body. [NIH]

Standardize: To compare with or conform to a standard; to establish standards. [EU] Stimulus: That which can elicit or evoke action (response) in a muscle, nerve, gland or other excitable issue, or cause an augmenting action upon any function or metabolic process. [NIH] Stomach: An organ of digestion situated in the left upper quadrant of the abdomen between the termination of the esophagus and the beginning of the duodenum. [NIH] Strained: A stretched condition of a ligament. [NIH]

168

Family Therapy

Stress: Forcibly exerted influence; pressure. Any condition or situation that causes strain or tension. Stress may be either physical or psychologic, or both. [NIH] Stress management: A set of techniques used to help an individual cope more effectively with difficult situations in order to feel better emotionally, improve behavioral skills, and often to enhance feelings of control. Stress management may include relaxation exercises, assertiveness training, cognitive restructuring, time management, and social support. It can be delivered either on a one-to-one basis or in a group format. [NIH] Stroke: Sudden loss of function of part of the brain because of loss of blood flow. Stroke may be caused by a clot (thrombosis) or rupture (hemorrhage) of a blood vessel to the brain. [NIH] Stupor: Partial or nearly complete unconsciousness, manifested by the subject's responding only to vigorous stimulation. Also, in psychiatry, a disorder marked by reduced responsiveness. [EU] Subacute: Somewhat acute; between acute and chronic. [EU] Subclinical: Without clinical manifestations; said of the early stage(s) of an infection or other disease or abnormality before symptoms and signs become apparent or detectable by clinical examination or laboratory tests, or of a very mild form of an infection or other disease or abnormality. [EU] Subcutaneous: Beneath the skin. [NIH] Support group: A group of people with similar disease who meet to discuss how better to cope with their cancer and treatment. [NIH] Symptomatic: Having to do with symptoms, which are signs of a condition or disease. [NIH] Symptomatology: 1. That branch of medicine with treats of symptoms; the systematic discussion of symptoms. 2. The combined symptoms of a disease. [EU] Synergistic: Acting together; enhancing the effect of another force or agent. [EU] Systemic: Affecting the entire body. [NIH] Systems Theory: Principles, models, and laws that apply to complex interrelationships and interdependencies of sets of linked components which form a functioning whole, a system. Any system may be composed of components which are systems in their own right (subsystems), such as several organs within an individual organism. [NIH] Technology Transfer: Spread and adoption of inventions and techniques from one geographic area to another, from one discipline to another, or from one sector of the economy to another. For example, improvements in medical equipment may be transferred from industrial countries to developing countries, advances arising from aerospace engineering may be applied to equipment for persons with disabilities, and innovations in science arising from government research are made available to private enterprise. [NIH] Therapeutics: The branch of medicine which is concerned with the treatment of diseases, palliative or curative. [NIH] Tic: An involuntary compulsive, repetitive, stereotyped movement, resembling a purposeful movement because it is coordinated and involves muscles in their normal synergistic relationships; tics usually involve the face and shoulders. [EU] Tissue: A group or layer of cells that are alike in type and work together to perform a specific function. [NIH] Tolerance: 1. The ability to endure unusually large doses of a drug or toxin. 2. Acquired drug tolerance; a decreasing response to repeated constant doses of a drug or the need for increasing doses to maintain a constant response. [EU] Tooth Preparation: Procedures carried out with regard to the teeth or tooth structures

Dictionary 169

preparatory to specified dental therapeutic and surgical measures. [NIH] Total Quality Management: The application of industrial management practice to systematically maintain and improve organization-wide performance. Effectiveness and success are determined and assessed by quantitative quality measures. [NIH] Toxic: Having to do with poison or something harmful to the body. Toxic substances usually cause unwanted side effects. [NIH] Toxicity: The quality of being poisonous, especially the degree of virulence of a toxic microbe or of a poison. [EU] Toxicology: The science concerned with the detection, chemical composition, and pharmacologic action of toxic substances or poisons and the treatment and prevention of toxic manifestations. [NIH] Toxins: Specific, characterizable, poisonous chemicals, often proteins, with specific biological properties, including immunogenicity, produced by microbes, higher plants, or animals. [NIH] Transcutaneous: Transdermal. [EU] Transfection: The uptake of naked or purified DNA into cells, usually eukaryotic. It is analogous to bacterial transformation. [NIH] Translation: The process whereby the genetic information present in the linear sequence of ribonucleotides in mRNA is converted into a corresponding sequence of amino acids in a protein. It occurs on the ribosome and is unidirectional. [NIH] Transmitter: A chemical substance which effects the passage of nerve impulses from one cell to the other at the synapse. [NIH] Trauma: Any injury, wound, or shock, must frequently physical or structural shock, producing a disturbance. [NIH] Treatment Outcome: Evaluation undertaken to assess the results or consequences of management and procedures used in combating disease in order to determine the efficacy, effectiveness, safety, practicability, etc., of these interventions in individual cases or series. [NIH]

Type 2 diabetes: Usually characterized by a gradual onset with minimal or no symptoms of metabolic disturbance and no requirement for exogenous insulin. The peak age of onset is 50 to 60 years. Obesity and possibly a genetic factor are usually present. [NIH] Ulcerative colitis: Chronic inflammation of the colon that produces ulcers in its lining. This condition is marked by abdominal pain, cramps, and loose discharges of pus, blood, and mucus from the bowel. [NIH] Urethra: The tube through which urine leaves the body. It empties urine from the bladder. [NIH]

Urinary: Having to do with urine or the organs of the body that produce and get rid of urine. [NIH] Urinate: To release urine from the bladder to the outside. [NIH] Urine: Fluid containing water and waste products. Urine is made by the kidneys, stored in the bladder, and leaves the body through the urethra. [NIH] Vascular: Pertaining to blood vessels or indicative of a copious blood supply. [EU] Vein: Vessel-carrying blood from various parts of the body to the heart. [NIH] Veterinary Medicine: The medical science concerned with the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases in animals. [NIH]

170

Family Therapy

Viscera: Any of the large interior organs in any one of the three great cavities of the body, especially in the abdomen. [NIH] Void: To urinate, empty the bladder. [NIH] Withdrawal: 1. A pathological retreat from interpersonal contact and social involvement, as may occur in schizophrenia, depression, or schizoid avoidant and schizotypal personality disorders. 2. (DSM III-R) A substance-specific organic brain syndrome that follows the cessation of use or reduction in intake of a psychoactive substance that had been regularly used to induce a state of intoxication. [EU] X-ray: High-energy radiation used in low doses to diagnose diseases and in high doses to treat cancer. [NIH]

171

INDEX A Abdominal, 118, 147, 161, 162, 169 Abdominal Pain, 118, 147, 169 Aberrant, 147, 151 Accommodation, 147, 154 Acculturation, 7, 17, 147 Activities of Daily Living, 147, 154 Adaptation, 8, 11, 12, 79, 147 Adjustment, 9, 13, 42, 57, 60, 147 Adolescence, 18, 25, 42, 83, 86, 88, 90, 95, 147, 162 Adolescent Behavior, 7, 36, 65, 71, 147 Adolescent Psychiatry, 62, 65, 78, 101, 147 Adverse Effect, 26, 147, 162, 167 Age of Onset, 147, 169 Agoraphobia, 147, 162 Algorithms, 147, 149 Alternative medicine, 122, 147 Amenorrhea, 147, 148 Amino acid, 147, 148, 149, 153, 162, 164, 166, 169 Amino Acid Sequence, 148 Amnestic, 148, 155 Anal, 27, 53, 58, 148, 160 Analgesic, 119, 148, 160, 161 Analysis of Variance, 13, 49, 148 Anaphylatoxins, 148, 152 Anatomical, 148, 151, 157 Anorexia, 28, 44, 60, 61, 66, 67, 73, 74, 105, 117, 148 Anorexia Nervosa, 28, 44, 60, 66, 67, 73, 74, 105, 117, 148 Antibodies, 19, 148, 149, 153, 159, 163 Antibody, 148, 152, 157, 159, 167 Anticonvulsant, 148, 150, 162 Antigen, 148, 152, 157, 159 Antigen-Antibody Complex, 148, 152 Anus, 148, 149, 151, 165 Anxiety, 9, 12, 13, 14, 50, 52, 118, 149, 155, 161, 162 Anxiety Disorders, 52, 149, 162 Applicability, 48, 66, 67, 149 Arteries, 149, 153, 160 Autoantibodies, 19, 149 Autoantigens, 149 B Bacterial Physiology, 147, 149 Bacterium, 149, 152

Behavior Therapy, 52, 63, 73, 75, 118, 149 Behavioral Sciences, 45, 100, 149 Bereavement, 116, 149 Bewilderment, 149, 152 Biogenic Monoamines, 149, 159 Biological Transport, 149, 154 Biotechnology, 58, 122, 129, 149 Bipolar Disorder, 11, 33, 149 Bladder, 149, 152, 169, 170 Blood Glucose, 10, 149, 158 Blood pressure, 149, 150, 157, 160 Blood vessel, 149, 150, 151, 168, 169 Body Composition, 16, 149 Bowel, 118, 148, 149, 157, 158, 169 C Calcium, 150, 152 Carbamazepine, 88, 150 Carbohydrate, 150, 156 Carcinogenic, 150, 157 Cardiovascular, 19, 150, 166 Cardiovascular disease, 19, 150 Case report, 113, 119, 150, 151 Catecholamine, 150, 162 Causal, 40, 41, 150 Cell, 19, 148, 149, 150, 152, 153, 155, 157, 158, 159, 161, 163, 165, 169 Cerebral, 110, 150, 164, 167 Cerebral Palsy, 150, 167 Cerebrovascular, 150 Cerebrum, 150 Chemotactic Factors, 150, 152 Child Behavior, 53, 55, 150 Child Care, 119, 150 Child Custody, 78, 150 Child Psychiatry, 44, 67, 84, 103, 150, 156 Child Rearing, 18, 151 Child Welfare, 5, 151 Chin, 151, 159 Chronic, 6, 9, 10, 37, 40, 55, 56, 72, 92, 104, 118, 134, 151, 157, 168, 169 Chronic Disease, 10, 151 Clinical study, 151, 153 Clinical trial, 5, 11, 14, 19, 20, 26, 29, 31, 35, 39, 52, 57, 129, 151, 153, 164, 165 Cloning, 149, 151 Cognition, 13, 89, 151 Cognitive behavior therapy, 52, 151 Cognitive restructuring, 25, 151, 168

172

Family Therapy

Cognitive Therapy, 14, 25, 151 Colitis, 118, 151 Colon, 151, 157, 158, 169 Comorbidity, 58, 151 Competency, 4, 152 Complement, 47, 57, 148, 152 Complementary and alternative medicine, 99, 106, 152 Complementary medicine, 99, 152 Compliance, 33, 34, 39, 40, 47, 57, 152 Computational Biology, 129, 152 Conception, 152, 153, 155 Concomitant, 55, 89, 152 Confusion, 71, 85, 152, 154 Connective Tissue, 152, 153, 155, 156 Consciousness, 148, 153, 154, 164 Constipation, 134, 153 Consultation, 16, 47, 48, 80, 85, 92, 104, 153 Consumer Satisfaction, 24, 153 Contraceptive, 35, 153 Contraindications, ii, 153 Control group, 8, 17, 19, 35, 153, 165 Controlled clinical trial, 20, 44, 52, 153 Controlled study, 9, 153 Conventional therapy, 153 Conventional treatment, 134, 153 Coordination, 15, 20, 153 Coronary, 150, 153, 160 Coronary heart disease, 150, 153 Coronary Thrombosis, 153, 160 Cost-benefit, 42, 153 C-Peptide, 16, 153 Curative, 153, 168 Cybernetics, 103, 153 D Data Collection, 13, 16, 39, 154, 155 Decision Making, 3, 154 Delivery of Health Care, 154, 156 Dementia, 3, 116, 154 Depressive Disorder, 45, 56, 154, 159 Developing Countries, 154, 168 Diabetes Mellitus, 9, 19, 154, 156 Diagnostic procedure, 122, 154 Diarrhea, 118, 154 Diffusion, 19, 149, 154 Digestion, 149, 154, 158, 159, 167 Direct, iii, 6, 37, 39, 58, 151, 154, 165 Disabled Children, 47, 79, 154 Discrimination, 7, 154 Disorientation, 152, 154 Distal, 22, 154

Drug Interactions, 154 Dysphoric, 154 E Eating Disorders, 17, 28, 60, 73, 106, 154 Effector, 152, 154 Empirical, 5, 9, 22, 23, 40, 52, 54, 68, 91, 155 Encopresis, 99, 155 Endocrine System, 155, 161 Endotoxins, 152, 155 Enuresis, 99, 155 Environmental Health, 128, 130, 155 Enzymatic, 148, 149, 150, 152, 155 Ethnic Groups, 32, 151, 155 Evacuation, 153, 155 Exogenous, 153, 155, 169 F Family Characteristics, 4, 155 Family Planning, 27, 119, 129, 155 Family Relations, 6, 9, 40, 155 Fat, 16, 31, 149, 153, 155, 158 Fathers, 8, 12, 42, 155 Feces, 153, 155 Fetus, 155, 163 Fibrosis, 39, 155 Fluvoxamine, 50, 155 Focus Groups, 15, 27, 155 Food Habits, 31, 155 Food Preferences, 155 G Gallbladder, 147, 155 Ganglia, 156, 161 Gas, 154, 156 Gene, 149, 156 Gifted, 74, 156 Glucose, 10, 16, 19, 149, 154, 156, 157 Glucose Intolerance, 154, 156 Glucose tolerance, 19, 156 Glucose Tolerance Test, 19, 156 Governing Board, 156, 163 Grade, 21, 31, 156 H Happiness, 112, 156 Health Care Costs, 9, 156 Health Expenditures, 156 Health Promotion, 20, 49, 156 Health Services, 24, 34, 55, 154, 156 Heart attack, 150, 156 Hepatic, 156, 157 Hormone, 157 Hybrid, 42, 157 Hyperemesis, 103, 157

173

Hypertension, 150, 157 Hypnotherapy, 102, 103, 106, 157 I Immunoassay, 153, 157 Impairment, 4, 40, 47, 92, 149, 157, 159 Infant Behavior, 150, 157 Infarction, 153, 157, 160 Infection, 37, 49, 150, 157, 159, 168 Inflammation, 151, 155, 157, 163, 169 Inflammatory bowel disease, 56, 118, 157 Informed Consent, 4, 157 Ingestion, 156, 157 Initiation, 38, 52, 157 Inpatients, 14, 157 Insight, 68, 157 Insulin, 16, 19, 41, 153, 156, 157, 158, 163, 169 Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, 41, 158 Intensive Care, 44, 158 Intestinal, 156, 158 Intestine, 150, 157, 158 Intoxication, 158, 170 Intracellular, 157, 158 Intravenous, 19, 158 Involuntary, 155, 158, 160, 168 Islet, 19, 158 Isomorphism, 72, 158 K Kb, 128, 158 L Labile, 152, 158 Large Intestine, 158, 165 Latent, 20, 24, 30, 158 Least-Squares Analysis, 158, 165 Ligament, 158, 167 Likelihood Functions, 158, 165 Linear Models, 158, 165 Lipid, 158 Lithium, 80, 158, 159 Lithium Carbonate, 80, 159 Liver, 147, 155, 156, 157, 159 Living will, 4, 159 Localized, 157, 159, 163 Logistic Models, 159, 165 Longitudinal Studies, 41, 159 Lymphatic, 157, 159 Lymphocyte, 148, 159 Lymphoid, 148, 159 M Mania, 11, 80, 159 Manic, 59, 149, 159

Manifest, 42, 159 Mediate, 38, 52, 159 Mediator, 38, 159, 166 MEDLINE, 129, 159 Membrane, 152, 159, 162, 163 Memory, 148, 154, 159 Mental Disorders, 25, 48, 147, 151, 159, 164 Mental Health Services, iv, 4, 26, 45, 55, 65, 130, 160 Mental Processes, 160, 164 Mentors, 27, 160 MI, 76, 145, 160 Microbiology, 147, 160 Minority Groups, 31, 160 Modeling, 6, 18, 24, 30, 38, 53, 160 Modification, 15, 41, 58, 86, 99, 148, 160, 165 Molecular, 129, 131, 149, 152, 160 Molecule, 148, 152, 154, 160, 165 Monitor, 160, 161 Mood Disorders, 14, 26, 47, 160 Morphine, 160, 161 Mother-Child Relations, 46, 160 Mucus, 160, 169 Multivariate Analysis, 54, 160 Myocardium, 160 N Naltrexone, 48, 82, 160 Narcosis, 160 Narcotic, 119, 160 Necrosis, 157, 160, 161 Nerve, 135, 151, 159, 161, 167, 169 Nervous System, 134, 156, 159, 160, 161, 166 Networks, 21, 161 Neuroendocrine, 13, 161 Neurosis, 161, 162 Neurotic, 118, 161 Nonverbal Communication, 161, 164 Nuclear, 23, 155, 161 Nuclear Family, 23, 155, 161 Nurse Practitioners, 17, 161 O Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder, 9, 155, 161 Opiate, 82, 160, 161 Opium, 160, 161 Outpatient, 9, 14, 35, 40, 41, 42, 44, 45, 48, 54, 56, 161 P Palliative, 161, 168

174

Family Therapy

Pancreas, 147, 157, 158, 161, 163 Pancreatic, 153, 161 Panic, 155, 161, 162 Panic Disorder, 155, 162 Paradoxical, 85, 90, 162 Paralysis, 162, 167 Parent-Child Relations, 53, 116, 162 Patient Education, 134, 140, 142, 145, 162 Pediatrics, 10, 44, 86, 162 Peer Group, 70, 162 Pelvic, 134, 162 Pelvis, 162 Peptide, 148, 153, 162, 164 Perception, 19, 134, 162, 166 Pharmacologic, 162, 169 Pharmacotherapy, 14, 33, 48, 78, 162 Phenytoin, 150, 162 Phobia, 52, 162 Phobic Disorders, 162 Phospholipids, 155, 163 Physical Examination, 134, 163 Physical Therapy, 135, 163 Physician-Patient Relations, 118, 163 Pilot study, 5, 11, 16, 25, 26, 57, 163 Plants, 156, 163, 169 Plasma, 148, 156, 163 Plasma cells, 148, 163 Pneumonia, 153, 163 Posterior, 148, 161, 163 Practicability, 163, 169 Practice Guidelines, 130, 163 Prenatal, 119, 163 Prenatal Care, 119, 163 Prevalence, 10, 23, 33, 43, 163 Progression, 46, 52, 86, 163 Progressive, 36, 154, 161, 163 Proinsulin, 153, 163 Prospective Studies, 9, 164 Prostitution, 30, 164 Protein S, 149, 164, 166 Proteins, 148, 152, 160, 162, 163, 164, 166, 169 Proteolytic, 152, 164 Protocol, 11, 12, 22, 25, 29, 36, 38, 39, 50, 55, 164 Psychiatric, 4, 26, 28, 35, 40, 46, 48, 51, 55, 56, 57, 58, 63, 76, 80, 83, 87, 94, 101, 116, 159, 164 Psychiatric Nursing, 87, 101, 164 Psychic, 159, 161, 164, 166 Psychoactive, 70, 164, 170 Psychometrics, 50, 164

Psychomotor, 150, 164 Psychopathology, 9, 25, 45, 47, 49, 51, 52, 57, 164 Psychopharmacology, 50, 81, 164 Psychosomatic, 87, 118, 164 Psychotherapy, 11, 25, 29, 45, 55, 56, 64, 73, 78, 80, 91, 97, 100, 115, 117, 151, 164 Public Health, 5, 10, 15, 33, 40, 47, 130, 164 Public Policy, 129, 164 Publishing, 32, 164 Q Quality of Life, 13, 26, 49, 165 R Race, 33, 93, 110, 112, 165 Radiation, 153, 165, 170 Radioactive, 161, 165 Random Allocation, 165 Randomization, 39, 165 Randomized clinical trial, 6, 12, 13, 16, 25, 31, 38, 42, 46, 48, 51, 58, 70, 82, 165 Receptor, 147, 148, 165, 166 Rectal, 118, 165 Rectum, 149, 151, 156, 157, 158, 165 Recurrence, 149, 165 Refer, 1, 152, 156, 165 Regimen, 41, 155, 162, 165 Regression Analysis, 49, 165 Relapse, 11, 36, 46, 49, 54, 87, 165 Reliability, 7, 13, 89, 165 Remission, 149, 165, 166 Research Support, 21, 30, 166 Ribosome, 166, 169 Risk factor, 19, 36, 37, 47, 159, 166 S Schizoid, 166, 170 Schizophrenia, 29, 48, 50, 62, 70, 74, 81, 86, 87, 90, 166, 170 Schizotypal Personality Disorder, 166, 170 Screening, 19, 151, 166 Secretion, 158, 160, 166 Secretory, 153, 166 Seizures, 150, 162, 166 Serotonin, 155, 162, 166 Serum, 148, 152, 166 Sex Characteristics, 147, 166 Sexual Partners, 35, 166 Shock, 166, 169 Side effect, 17, 147, 167, 169 Signs and Symptoms, 165, 166, 167 Smoking Cessation, 34, 167 Social Environment, 24, 165, 167 Social Problems, 42, 167

175

Social Support, 26, 51, 54, 167, 168 Social Work, 4, 32, 66, 90, 167 Soma, 167 Somatic, 118, 147, 167 Spastic, 118, 167 Specialist, 71, 81, 87, 101, 136, 167 Species, 153, 157, 162, 165, 167 Specificity, 53, 167 Spinal cord, 161, 167 Staging, 19, 167 Standardize, 33, 167 Stimulus, 162, 167 Stomach, 147, 156, 157, 167 Strained, 28, 167 Stress, 4, 8, 12, 18, 19, 26, 40, 46, 51, 54, 60, 87, 115, 118, 150, 168 Stress management, 51, 118, 168 Stroke, 128, 150, 168 Stupor, 160, 168 Subacute, 157, 168 Subclinical, 157, 166, 168 Subcutaneous, 19, 168 Support group, 4, 10, 104, 168 Symptomatic, 78, 168 Symptomatology, 6, 17, 40, 46, 168 Synergistic, 58, 168 Systemic, 13, 38, 51, 54, 59, 60, 61, 63, 74, 86, 89, 92, 96, 112, 149, 157, 168 Systems Theory, 38, 168 T Technology Transfer, 12, 56, 168 Therapeutics, 168 Tic, 64, 168

Tissue, 134, 148, 149, 150, 152, 153, 158, 159, 160, 161, 167, 168 Tolerance, 156, 168 Tooth Preparation, 147, 168 Total Quality Management, 65, 169 Toxic, iv, 169 Toxicity, 154, 169 Toxicology, 130, 169 Toxins, 148, 155, 157, 169 Transcutaneous, 135, 169 Transfection, 149, 169 Translation, 55, 148, 169 Transmitter, 159, 169 Trauma, 40, 161, 169 Treatment Outcome, 6, 9, 10, 13, 20, 23, 29, 30, 33, 48, 54, 58, 91, 169 Type 2 diabetes, 10, 169 U Ulcerative colitis, 118, 157, 169 Urethra, 169 Urinary, 155, 169 Urinate, 169, 170 Urine, 51, 149, 155, 169 V Vascular, 110, 157, 169 Vein, 158, 161, 169 Veterinary Medicine, 129, 169 Viscera, 167, 170 Void, 30, 170 W Withdrawal, 25, 170 X X-ray, 161, 170

176

Family Therapy

Family Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Occupational Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Group Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Radiation Therapy. A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Music Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Hormone Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Hormone Replacement Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Gene Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Physical Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Speech Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Estrogen Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Family Planning - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Influenza A - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Hepatitis A Vaccine: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Foot and Mouth Disease - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Anagrelide: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Peanut Allergy: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Cauda Equina Syndrome - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Magnesium Citrate: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Lipomas - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Barbiturates - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Cephalexin - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Body Dysmorphic Disorder: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Lymphedema - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Dermabrasion: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Septra: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Family Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Occupational Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Group Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Radiation Therapy. A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Music Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Hormone Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Hormone Replacement Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Gene Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Physical Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Speech Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Estrogen Therapy - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Family Planning - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Influenza A - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Hepatitis A Vaccine: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Foot and Mouth Disease - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Anagrelide: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Peanut Allergy: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Cauda Equina Syndrome - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Magnesium Citrate: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Lipomas - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Barbiturates - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Cephalexin - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Body Dysmorphic Disorder: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Lymphedema - A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Dermabrasion: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References

Septra: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, And Annotated Research Guide To Internet References

Recommend Documents